Differences Between: [Versions 310 and 311] [Versions 311 and 400] [Versions 311 and 401] [Versions 311 and 402] [Versions 311 and 403] [Versions 39 and 311]
1 <?php 2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/ 3 // 4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or 7 // (at your option) any later version. 8 // 9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 12 // GNU General Public License for more details. 13 // 14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. 16 17 /** 18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library 19 * 20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions. 21 * Other main libraries: 22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output 23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database 24 * 25 * @package core 26 * @subpackage lib 27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com 28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 29 */ 30 31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die(); 32 33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments). 34 35 // Date and time constants. 36 /** 37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year 38 */ 39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000); 40 41 /** 42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week 43 */ 44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800); 45 46 /** 47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day 48 */ 49 define('DAYSECS', 86400); 50 51 /** 52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour 53 */ 54 define('HOURSECS', 3600); 55 56 /** 57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute 58 */ 59 define('MINSECS', 60); 60 61 /** 62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day 63 */ 64 define('DAYMINS', 1440); 65 66 /** 67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour 68 */ 69 define('HOURMINS', 60); 70 71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param() 72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter. 73 74 /** 75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]. 76 */ 77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha'); 78 79 /** 80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed 81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed 82 */ 83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext'); 84 85 /** 86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers 0-9 and English ascii letters [a-zA-Z] only. 87 */ 88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum'); 89 90 /** 91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers 0-9, letters (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) and _- only. 92 */ 93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext'); 94 95 /** 96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin 97 */ 98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth'); 99 100 /** 101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format 102 */ 103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64'); 104 105 /** 106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls. 107 */ 108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool'); 109 110 /** 111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually 112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database. 113 */ 114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability'); 115 116 /** 117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want 118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when receiving 119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitise the HTML 120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to 121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness. 122 */ 123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml'); 124 125 /** 126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC 127 */ 128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email'); 129 130 /** 131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals 132 */ 133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file'); 134 135 /** 136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number. 137 * 138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user. 139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator. 140 * Use PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT instead. 141 */ 142 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float'); 143 144 /** 145 * PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT - a localised real/floating point number. 146 * This is preferred over PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user. 147 * Cleans localised numbers to computer readable numbers; false for invalid numbers. 148 */ 149 define('PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT', 'localisedfloat'); 150 151 /** 152 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address) 153 */ 154 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host'); 155 156 /** 157 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers. 158 */ 159 define('PARAM_INT', 'int'); 160 161 /** 162 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site. 163 */ 164 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang'); 165 166 /** 167 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the 168 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!) 169 */ 170 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl'); 171 172 /** 173 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type. 174 */ 175 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags'); 176 177 /** 178 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory 179 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed 180 */ 181 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path'); 182 183 /** 184 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format 185 */ 186 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem'); 187 188 /** 189 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT. 190 */ 191 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission'); 192 193 /** 194 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters 195 */ 196 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw'); 197 198 /** 199 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped. 200 */ 201 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed'); 202 203 /** 204 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require() 205 */ 206 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir'); 207 208 /** 209 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths 210 * and other references to Moodle code files. 211 * 212 * This is NOT intended to be used for absolute paths or any user uploaded files. 213 */ 214 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath'); 215 216 /** 217 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only. 218 */ 219 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence'); 220 221 /** 222 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported 223 */ 224 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag'); 225 226 /** 227 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.) 228 */ 229 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist'); 230 231 /** 232 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here. 233 */ 234 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text'); 235 236 /** 237 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site 238 */ 239 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme'); 240 241 /** 242 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but 243 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok. 244 */ 245 define('PARAM_URL', 'url'); 246 247 /** 248 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user 249 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!! 250 */ 251 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username'); 252 253 /** 254 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string() 255 */ 256 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid'); 257 258 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE. 259 /** 260 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter. 261 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-) 262 * @deprecated since 2.0 263 */ 264 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean'); 265 266 /** 267 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT 268 * @deprecated since 2.0 269 */ 270 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int'); 271 272 /** 273 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT 274 * @deprecated since 2.0 275 */ 276 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float'); 277 278 /** 279 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls 280 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA 281 * @deprecated since 2.0 282 */ 283 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext'); 284 285 /** 286 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc. 287 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA 288 * @deprecated since 2.0 289 */ 290 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext'); 291 292 /** 293 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT. 294 * @deprecated since 2.0 295 */ 296 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text'); 297 298 /** 299 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or 300 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem 301 * America/Port-au-Prince) 302 */ 303 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone'); 304 305 /** 306 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too 307 */ 308 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file'); 309 310 /** 311 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'. 312 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'. 313 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter. 314 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! 315 */ 316 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component'); 317 318 /** 319 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc. 320 * It is usually used together with context id and component. 321 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter. 322 */ 323 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area'); 324 325 /** 326 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'. 327 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter. 328 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names. 329 */ 330 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin'); 331 332 333 // Web Services. 334 335 /** 336 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error 337 */ 338 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1); 339 340 /** 341 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value 342 */ 343 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2); 344 345 /** 346 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used 347 */ 348 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0); 349 350 /** 351 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database 352 */ 353 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false); 354 355 /** 356 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database 357 */ 358 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true); 359 360 // Page types. 361 362 /** 363 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php. 364 */ 365 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view'); 366 367 /** Get remote addr constant */ 368 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1'); 369 /** Get remote addr constant */ 370 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2'); 371 /** 372 * GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT defines the default behavior remote IP address validation. 373 */ 374 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT', GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR|GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP); 375 376 // Blog access level constant declaration. 377 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1); 378 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2); 379 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3); 380 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4); 381 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5); 382 383 384 // Tag constants. 385 /** 386 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the 387 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85". 388 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-) 389 * 390 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-) 391 */ 392 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50); 393 394 // Password policy constants. 395 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'); 396 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'); 397 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789'); 398 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$'); 399 400 // Feature constants. 401 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module. 402 403 /** True if module can provide a grade */ 404 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade'); 405 /** True if module supports outcomes */ 406 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes'); 407 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */ 408 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading'); 409 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */ 410 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility'); 411 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */ 412 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism'); 413 414 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */ 415 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views'); 416 /** True if module has custom completion rules */ 417 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules'); 418 419 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */ 420 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink'); 421 /** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */ 422 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber'); 423 /** True if module supports groups */ 424 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups'); 425 /** True if module supports groupings */ 426 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings'); 427 /** 428 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists) 429 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8 430 */ 431 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly'); 432 433 /** Type of module */ 434 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype'); 435 /** True if module supports intro editor */ 436 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro'); 437 /** True if module has default completion */ 438 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion'); 439 440 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment'); 441 442 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate'); 443 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */ 444 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2'); 445 446 /** True if module can show description on course main page */ 447 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription'); 448 449 /** True if module uses the question bank */ 450 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions'); 451 452 /** 453 * Maximum filename char size 454 */ 455 define('MAX_FILENAME_SIZE', 100); 456 457 /** Unspecified module archetype */ 458 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0); 459 /** Resource-like type module */ 460 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1); 461 /** Assignment module archetype */ 462 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2); 463 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */ 464 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3); 465 466 /** 467 * Security token used for allowing access 468 * from external application such as web services. 469 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively 470 * low because we need to load access info in each request. 471 * Scripts are executed in parallel. 472 */ 473 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0); 474 475 /** 476 * Security token used for allowing access 477 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the 478 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out. 479 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used. 480 */ 481 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1); 482 483 /** 484 * The home page should be the site home 485 */ 486 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0); 487 /** 488 * The home page should be the users my page 489 */ 490 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1); 491 /** 492 * The home page can be chosen by the user 493 */ 494 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2); 495 496 /** 497 * URL of the Moodle sites registration portal. 498 */ 499 defined('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL') || define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', 'https://stats.moodle.org'); 500 501 /** 502 * URL of the statistic server public key. 503 */ 504 defined('HUB_STATSPUBLICKEY') || define('HUB_STATSPUBLICKEY', 'https://moodle.org/static/statspubkey.pem'); 505 506 /** 507 * Moodle mobile app service name 508 */ 509 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app'); 510 511 /** 512 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions 513 */ 514 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1); 515 516 /** 517 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page. 518 */ 519 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0); 520 /** 521 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section. 522 */ 523 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1); 524 525 /** 526 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored. 527 */ 528 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached'); 529 530 /** 531 * Email from header to never include via information. 532 */ 533 define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0); 534 535 /** 536 * Email from header to always include via information. 537 */ 538 define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1); 539 540 /** 541 * Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply. 542 */ 543 define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2); 544 545 // PARAMETER HANDLING. 546 547 /** 548 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from 549 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is 550 * thrown because we require this variable. 551 * 552 * This function should be used to initialise all required values 553 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 554 * used like this: 555 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT); 556 * 557 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array. 558 * 559 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 560 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 561 * @return mixed 562 * @throws coding_exception 563 */ 564 function required_param($parname, $type) { 565 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 566 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 567 } 568 // POST has precedence. 569 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 570 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 571 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 572 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 573 } else { 574 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname); 575 } 576 577 if (is_array($param)) { 578 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname); 579 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3. 580 return required_param_array($parname, $type); 581 } 582 583 return clean_param($param, $type); 584 } 585 586 /** 587 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from 588 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is 589 * thrown because we require this variable. 590 * 591 * This function should be used to initialise all required values 592 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 593 * used like this: 594 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT); 595 * 596 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported 597 * 598 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 599 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 600 * @return array 601 * @throws coding_exception 602 */ 603 function required_param_array($parname, $type) { 604 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 605 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 606 } 607 // POST has precedence. 608 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 609 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 610 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 611 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 612 } else { 613 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname); 614 } 615 if (!is_array($param)) { 616 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname); 617 } 618 619 $result = array(); 620 foreach ($param as $key => $value) { 621 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) { 622 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname); 623 continue; 624 } 625 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type); 626 } 627 628 return $result; 629 } 630 631 /** 632 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from 633 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default. 634 * 635 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values 636 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 637 * used like this: 638 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT); 639 * 640 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array. 641 * 642 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 643 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found 644 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 645 * @return mixed 646 * @throws coding_exception 647 */ 648 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) { 649 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 650 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 651 } 652 653 // POST has precedence. 654 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 655 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 656 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 657 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 658 } else { 659 return $default; 660 } 661 662 if (is_array($param)) { 663 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname); 664 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3. 665 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type); 666 } 667 668 return clean_param($param, $type); 669 } 670 671 /** 672 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from 673 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default. 674 * 675 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values 676 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 677 * used like this: 678 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT); 679 * 680 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported 681 * 682 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 683 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found 684 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 685 * @return array 686 * @throws coding_exception 687 */ 688 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) { 689 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 690 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 691 } 692 693 // POST has precedence. 694 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 695 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 696 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 697 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 698 } else { 699 return $default; 700 } 701 if (!is_array($param)) { 702 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname); 703 return $default; 704 } 705 706 $result = array(); 707 foreach ($param as $key => $value) { 708 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) { 709 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname); 710 continue; 711 } 712 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type); 713 } 714 715 return $result; 716 } 717 718 /** 719 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted 720 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values 721 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise 722 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown. 723 * Objects and classes are not accepted. 724 * 725 * @param mixed $param 726 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant 727 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value? 728 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information 729 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type 730 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type 731 */ 732 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED, $debuginfo='') { 733 if (is_null($param)) { 734 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED) { 735 return null; 736 } else { 737 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 738 } 739 } 740 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) { 741 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 742 } 743 744 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type); 745 746 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT) { 747 // Do not detect precision loss here. 748 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) { 749 // These always fit. 750 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) { 751 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 752 } 753 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) { 754 // Conversion to string is usually lossless. 755 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 756 } 757 758 return $cleaned; 759 } 760 761 /** 762 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names! 763 * 764 * <code> 765 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT); 766 * </code> 767 * 768 * @param array|null $param the variable array we are cleaning 769 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning. 770 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays 771 * @return array 772 * @throws coding_exception 773 */ 774 function clean_param_array(?array $param, $type, $recursive = false) { 775 // Convert null to empty array. 776 $param = (array)$param; 777 foreach ($param as $key => $value) { 778 if (is_array($value)) { 779 if ($recursive) { 780 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true); 781 } else { 782 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.'); 783 } 784 } else { 785 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type); 786 } 787 } 788 return $param; 789 } 790 791 /** 792 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to 793 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on 794 * an options field. 795 * <code> 796 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA); 797 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT); 798 * </code> 799 * 800 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning 801 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning. 802 * @return mixed 803 * @throws coding_exception 804 */ 805 function clean_param($param, $type) { 806 global $CFG; 807 808 if (is_array($param)) { 809 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.'); 810 } else if (is_object($param)) { 811 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) { 812 $param = $param->__toString(); 813 } else { 814 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.'); 815 } 816 } 817 818 switch ($type) { 819 case PARAM_RAW: 820 // No cleaning at all. 821 $param = fix_utf8($param); 822 return $param; 823 824 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED: 825 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace. 826 $param = fix_utf8($param); 827 return trim($param); 828 829 case PARAM_CLEAN: 830 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated! 831 // Please use more specific type instead. 832 if (is_numeric($param)) { 833 return $param; 834 } 835 $param = fix_utf8($param); 836 // Sweep for scripts, etc. 837 return clean_text($param); 838 839 case PARAM_CLEANHTML: 840 // Clean html fragment. 841 $param = fix_utf8($param); 842 // Sweep for scripts, etc. 843 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML); 844 return trim($param); 845 846 case PARAM_INT: 847 // Convert to integer. 848 return (int)$param; 849 850 case PARAM_FLOAT: 851 // Convert to float. 852 return (float)$param; 853 854 case PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT: 855 // Convert to float. 856 return unformat_float($param, true); 857 858 case PARAM_ALPHA: 859 // Remove everything not `a-z`. 860 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param); 861 862 case PARAM_ALPHAEXT: 863 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too). 864 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param); 865 866 case PARAM_ALPHANUM: 867 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`. 868 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param); 869 870 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT: 871 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`. 872 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param); 873 874 case PARAM_SEQUENCE: 875 // Remove everything not `0-9,`. 876 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param); 877 878 case PARAM_BOOL: 879 // Convert to 1 or 0. 880 $tempstr = strtolower($param); 881 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') { 882 $param = 1; 883 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') { 884 $param = 0; 885 } else { 886 $param = empty($param) ? 0 : 1; 887 } 888 return $param; 889 890 case PARAM_NOTAGS: 891 // Strip all tags. 892 $param = fix_utf8($param); 893 return strip_tags($param); 894 895 case PARAM_TEXT: 896 // Leave only tags needed for multilang. 897 $param = fix_utf8($param); 898 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required 899 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons. 900 do { 901 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) { 902 // Old and future mutilang syntax. 903 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>'); 904 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) { 905 break; 906 } 907 $open = false; 908 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) { 909 if ($match === '</lang>') { 910 if ($open) { 911 $open = false; 912 continue; 913 } else { 914 break 2; 915 } 916 } 917 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) { 918 break 2; 919 } else { 920 $open = true; 921 } 922 } 923 if ($open) { 924 break; 925 } 926 return $param; 927 928 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) { 929 // Current problematic multilang syntax. 930 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>'); 931 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) { 932 break; 933 } 934 $open = false; 935 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) { 936 if ($match === '</span>') { 937 if ($open) { 938 $open = false; 939 continue; 940 } else { 941 break 2; 942 } 943 } 944 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) { 945 break 2; 946 } else { 947 $open = true; 948 } 949 } 950 if ($open) { 951 break; 952 } 953 return $param; 954 } 955 } while (false); 956 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string(). 957 return strip_tags($param); 958 959 case PARAM_COMPONENT: 960 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not 961 // please note only normalised component names are accepted. 962 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z][a-z0-9]*(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) { 963 return ''; 964 } 965 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) { 966 return ''; 967 } 968 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) { 969 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types. 970 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) { 971 return ''; 972 } 973 } 974 return $param; 975 976 case PARAM_PLUGIN: 977 case PARAM_AREA: 978 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not. 979 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) { 980 return ''; 981 } 982 return $param; 983 984 case PARAM_SAFEDIR: 985 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- . 986 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param); 987 988 case PARAM_SAFEPATH: 989 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- . 990 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param); 991 992 case PARAM_FILE: 993 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename. 994 $param = fix_utf8($param); 995 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param); 996 if ($param === '.' || $param === '..') { 997 $param = ''; 998 } 999 return $param; 1000 1001 case PARAM_PATH: 1002 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path. 1003 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1004 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param); 1005 1006 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules. 1007 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param); 1008 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) { 1009 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) { 1010 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt. 1011 } else { 1012 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE); 1013 } 1014 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb; 1015 } 1016 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb); 1017 1018 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///). 1019 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param); 1020 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param); 1021 return $param; 1022 1023 case PARAM_HOST: 1024 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad. 1025 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param ); 1026 // Match ipv4 dotted quad. 1027 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) { 1028 // Confirm values are ok. 1029 if ( $match[0] > 255 1030 || $match[1] > 255 1031 || $match[3] > 255 1032 || $match[4] > 255 ) { 1033 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this? 1034 $param = ''; 1035 } 1036 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers. 1037 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens. 1038 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens. 1039 ) { 1040 // All is ok - $param is respected. 1041 } else { 1042 // All is not ok... 1043 $param=''; 1044 } 1045 return $param; 1046 1047 case PARAM_URL: 1048 // Allow safe urls. 1049 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1050 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php'); 1051 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E-u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) { 1052 // All is ok, param is respected. 1053 } else { 1054 // Not really ok. 1055 $param =''; 1056 } 1057 return $param; 1058 1059 case PARAM_LOCALURL: 1060 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot. 1061 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL); 1062 if (!empty($param)) { 1063 1064 if ($param === $CFG->wwwroot) { 1065 // Exact match; 1066 } else if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) { 1067 // Root-relative, ok! 1068 } else if (preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot . '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) { 1069 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot. 1070 } else { 1071 1072 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks. 1073 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?') && !preg_match('/javascript:/i', $param)) { 1074 // Looks ok. 1075 } else { 1076 $param = ''; 1077 } 1078 } 1079 } 1080 return $param; 1081 1082 case PARAM_PEM: 1083 $param = trim($param); 1084 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols: 1085 // forward slash: / 1086 // plus sign: + 1087 // equal sign: = 1088 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes. 1089 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) { 1090 list($wholething, $body) = $matches; 1091 unset($wholething, $matches); 1092 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64); 1093 if (!empty($b64)) { 1094 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n"; 1095 } else { 1096 return ''; 1097 } 1098 } 1099 return ''; 1100 1101 case PARAM_BASE64: 1102 if (!empty($param)) { 1103 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols 1104 // forward slash: / 1105 // plus sign: + 1106 // equal sign: =. 1107 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) { 1108 return ''; 1109 } 1110 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY); 1111 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less 1112 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long. 1113 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++) { 1114 if ($i + 1 == $j) { 1115 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) { 1116 return ''; 1117 } 1118 continue; 1119 } 1120 1121 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) { 1122 return ''; 1123 } 1124 } 1125 return implode("\n", $lines); 1126 } else { 1127 return ''; 1128 } 1129 1130 case PARAM_TAG: 1131 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1132 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere, 1133 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere. 1134 // Remove some nasties. 1135 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param); 1136 // Convert many whitespace chars into one. 1137 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/u', ' ', $param); 1138 $param = core_text::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH); 1139 return $param; 1140 1141 case PARAM_TAGLIST: 1142 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1143 $tags = explode(',', $param); 1144 $result = array(); 1145 foreach ($tags as $tag) { 1146 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG); 1147 if ($res !== '') { 1148 $result[] = $res; 1149 } 1150 } 1151 if ($result) { 1152 return implode(',', $result); 1153 } else { 1154 return ''; 1155 } 1156 1157 case PARAM_CAPABILITY: 1158 if (get_capability_info($param)) { 1159 return $param; 1160 } else { 1161 return ''; 1162 } 1163 1164 case PARAM_PERMISSION: 1165 $param = (int)$param; 1166 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT, CAP_PROHIBIT))) { 1167 return $param; 1168 } else { 1169 return CAP_INHERIT; 1170 } 1171 1172 case PARAM_AUTH: 1173 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN); 1174 if (empty($param)) { 1175 return ''; 1176 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) { 1177 return $param; 1178 } else { 1179 return ''; 1180 } 1181 1182 case PARAM_LANG: 1183 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR); 1184 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) { 1185 return $param; 1186 } else { 1187 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed. 1188 return ''; 1189 } 1190 1191 case PARAM_THEME: 1192 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN); 1193 if (empty($param)) { 1194 return ''; 1195 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) { 1196 return $param; 1197 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) { 1198 return $param; 1199 } else { 1200 // Specified theme is not installed. 1201 return ''; 1202 } 1203 1204 case PARAM_USERNAME: 1205 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1206 $param = trim($param); 1207 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919. 1208 $param = core_text::strtolower($param); 1209 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars)) { 1210 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param); 1211 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT: 1212 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters. 1213 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param); 1214 } 1215 return $param; 1216 1217 case PARAM_EMAIL: 1218 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1219 if (validate_email($param)) { 1220 return $param; 1221 } else { 1222 return ''; 1223 } 1224 1225 case PARAM_STRINGID: 1226 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) { 1227 return $param; 1228 } else { 1229 return ''; 1230 } 1231 1232 case PARAM_TIMEZONE: 1233 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'. 1234 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1235 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/'; 1236 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) { 1237 return $param; 1238 } else { 1239 return ''; 1240 } 1241 1242 default: 1243 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem. 1244 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type); 1245 } 1246 } 1247 1248 /** 1249 * Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL. 1250 * 1251 * Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow 1252 * from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience. 1253 * 1254 * Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always 1255 * flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses, 1256 * configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc... 1257 * 1258 * This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings. 1259 * 1260 * @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*. 1261 * @return bool 1262 */ 1263 function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) { 1264 return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT || $paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS; 1265 } 1266 1267 /** 1268 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded. 1269 * 1270 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties. 1271 * 1272 * @param mixed $value 1273 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding 1274 */ 1275 function fix_utf8($value) { 1276 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') { 1277 return $value; 1278 1279 } else if (is_string($value)) { 1280 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) { 1281 // Shortcut. 1282 return $value; 1283 } 1284 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it. 1285 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value); 1286 1287 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally. 1288 static $buggyiconv = null; 1289 if ($buggyiconv === null) { 1290 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€'); 1291 } 1292 1293 if ($buggyiconv) { 1294 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) { 1295 $subst = mb_substitute_character(); 1296 mb_substitute_character('none'); 1297 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8'); 1298 mb_substitute_character($subst); 1299 1300 } else { 1301 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page. 1302 $result = $value; 1303 } 1304 1305 } else { 1306 $result = @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value); 1307 } 1308 1309 return $result; 1310 1311 } else if (is_array($value)) { 1312 foreach ($value as $k => $v) { 1313 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v); 1314 } 1315 return $value; 1316 1317 } else if (is_object($value)) { 1318 // Do not modify original. 1319 $value = clone($value); 1320 foreach ($value as $k => $v) { 1321 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v); 1322 } 1323 return $value; 1324 1325 } else { 1326 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here. 1327 return $value; 1328 } 1329 } 1330 1331 /** 1332 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value 1333 * 1334 * @param mixed $value String or Int 1335 * @return bool true if number, false if not 1336 */ 1337 function is_number($value) { 1338 if (is_int($value)) { 1339 return true; 1340 } else if (is_string($value)) { 1341 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value; 1342 } else { 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 } 1346 1347 /** 1348 * Returns host part from url. 1349 * 1350 * @param string $url full url 1351 * @return string host, null if not found 1352 */ 1353 function get_host_from_url($url) { 1354 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches); 1355 if ($matches) { 1356 return $matches[1]; 1357 } 1358 return null; 1359 } 1360 1361 /** 1362 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor 1363 * 1364 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from 1365 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor 1366 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something. 1367 * 1368 * @param string $string a string containing HTML. 1369 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text, 1370 * images, objects, etc. 1371 */ 1372 function html_is_blank($string) { 1373 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == ''; 1374 } 1375 1376 /** 1377 * Set a key in global configuration 1378 * 1379 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable 1380 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions. 1381 * 1382 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table. 1383 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG. 1384 * 1385 * A NULL value will delete the entry. 1386 * 1387 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1388 * 1389 * @param string $name the key to set 1390 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) 1391 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null 1392 * @return bool true or exception 1393 */ 1394 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) { 1395 global $CFG, $DB; 1396 1397 if (empty($plugin)) { 1398 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings)) { 1399 // So it's defined for this invocation at least. 1400 if (is_null($value)) { 1401 unset($CFG->$name); 1402 } else { 1403 // Settings from db are always strings. 1404 $CFG->$name = (string)$value; 1405 } 1406 } 1407 1408 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) { 1409 if ($value === null) { 1410 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name)); 1411 } else { 1412 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name)); 1413 } 1414 } else { 1415 if ($value !== null) { 1416 $config = new stdClass(); 1417 $config->name = $name; 1418 $config->value = $value; 1419 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false); 1420 } 1421 // When setting config during a Behat test (in the CLI script, not in the web browser 1422 // requests), remember which ones are set so that we can clear them later. 1423 if (defined('BEHAT_TEST')) { 1424 if (!property_exists($CFG, 'behat_cli_added_config')) { 1425 $CFG->behat_cli_added_config = []; 1426 } 1427 $CFG->behat_cli_added_config[$name] = true; 1428 } 1429 } 1430 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') { 1431 cache_helper::update_site_identifier($value); 1432 } 1433 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core'); 1434 } else { 1435 // Plugin scope. 1436 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) { 1437 if ($value===null) { 1438 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin)); 1439 } else { 1440 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id)); 1441 } 1442 } else { 1443 if ($value !== null) { 1444 $config = new stdClass(); 1445 $config->plugin = $plugin; 1446 $config->name = $name; 1447 $config->value = $value; 1448 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false); 1449 } 1450 } 1451 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin); 1452 } 1453 1454 return true; 1455 } 1456 1457 /** 1458 * Get configuration values from the global config table 1459 * or the config_plugins table. 1460 * 1461 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config 1462 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object. 1463 * 1464 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single 1465 * value or false if the value is not found. 1466 * 1467 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1468 * 1469 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so 1470 * that we need only fetch it once per request. 1471 * @param string $plugin full component name 1472 * @param string $name default null 1473 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found 1474 * @throws dml_exception 1475 */ 1476 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) { 1477 global $CFG, $DB; 1478 1479 static $siteidentifier = null; 1480 1481 if ($plugin === 'moodle' || $plugin === 'core' || empty($plugin)) { 1482 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings; 1483 $iscore = true; 1484 $plugin = 'core'; 1485 } else { 1486 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings)) { 1487 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$plugin]; 1488 } else { 1489 $forced = array(); 1490 } 1491 $iscore = false; 1492 } 1493 1494 if ($siteidentifier === null) { 1495 try { 1496 // This may fail during installation. 1497 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to 1498 // install the database. 1499 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier')); 1500 } catch (dml_exception $ex) { 1501 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually. 1502 $siteidentifier = false; 1503 throw $ex; 1504 } 1505 } 1506 1507 if (!empty($name)) { 1508 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) { 1509 return (string)$forced[$name]; 1510 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') { 1511 return $siteidentifier; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 1515 $cache = cache::make('core', 'config'); 1516 $result = $cache->get($plugin); 1517 if ($result === false) { 1518 // The user is after a recordset. 1519 if (!$iscore) { 1520 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value'); 1521 } else { 1522 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway... 1523 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');; 1524 } 1525 $cache->set($plugin, $result); 1526 } 1527 1528 if (!empty($name)) { 1529 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) { 1530 return $result[$name]; 1531 } 1532 return false; 1533 } 1534 1535 if ($plugin === 'core') { 1536 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier; 1537 } 1538 1539 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) { 1540 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) { 1541 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db. 1542 unset($result[$key]); 1543 } else { 1544 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB. 1545 $result[$key] = (string)$value; 1546 } 1547 } 1548 1549 return (object)$result; 1550 } 1551 1552 /** 1553 * Removes a key from global configuration. 1554 * 1555 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1556 * 1557 * @param string $name the key to set 1558 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope 1559 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded. 1560 */ 1561 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) { 1562 global $CFG, $DB; 1563 1564 if (empty($plugin)) { 1565 unset($CFG->$name); 1566 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name)); 1567 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core'); 1568 } else { 1569 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin)); 1570 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin); 1571 } 1572 1573 return true; 1574 } 1575 1576 /** 1577 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin. 1578 * 1579 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1580 * 1581 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice'; 1582 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded. 1583 */ 1584 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) { 1585 global $DB; 1586 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first. 1587 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin)); 1588 // Next delete any suspect settings from config. 1589 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|'); 1590 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%'); 1591 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params); 1592 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core). 1593 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin)); 1594 1595 return true; 1596 } 1597 1598 /** 1599 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability. 1600 * 1601 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability. 1602 * 1603 * @param string $value the value of the config setting. 1604 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor. 1605 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators. 1606 * @return array of user objects. 1607 */ 1608 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) { 1609 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') { 1610 return array(); 1611 } 1612 1613 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability, 1614 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present 1615 // instead of validating them one-by-one. 1616 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $capability); 1617 if ($includeadmins) { 1618 $admins = get_admins(); 1619 foreach ($admins as $admin) { 1620 $users[$admin->id] = $admin; 1621 } 1622 } 1623 1624 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') { 1625 return $users; 1626 } 1627 1628 $result = array(); // Result in correct order. 1629 $allowed = explode(',', $value); 1630 foreach ($allowed as $uid) { 1631 if (isset($users[$uid])) { 1632 $user = $users[$uid]; 1633 $result[$user->id] = $user; 1634 } 1635 } 1636 1637 return $result; 1638 } 1639 1640 1641 /** 1642 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp. 1643 * 1644 * @return void 1645 */ 1646 function purge_all_caches() { 1647 purge_caches(); 1648 } 1649 1650 /** 1651 * Selectively invalidate different types of cache. 1652 * 1653 * Purges the cache areas specified. By default, this will purge all caches but can selectively purge specific 1654 * areas alone or in combination. 1655 * 1656 * @param bool[] $options Specific parts of the cache to purge. Valid options are: 1657 * 'muc' Purge MUC caches? 1658 * 'theme' Purge theme cache? 1659 * 'lang' Purge language string cache? 1660 * 'js' Purge javascript cache? 1661 * 'filter' Purge text filter cache? 1662 * 'other' Purge all other caches? 1663 */ 1664 function purge_caches($options = []) { 1665 $defaults = array_fill_keys(['muc', 'theme', 'lang', 'js', 'template', 'filter', 'other'], false); 1666 if (empty(array_filter($options))) { 1667 $options = array_fill_keys(array_keys($defaults), true); // Set all options to true. 1668 } else { 1669 $options = array_merge($defaults, array_intersect_key($options, $defaults)); // Override defaults with specified options. 1670 } 1671 if ($options['muc']) { 1672 cache_helper::purge_all(); 1673 } 1674 if ($options['theme']) { 1675 theme_reset_all_caches(); 1676 } 1677 if ($options['lang']) { 1678 get_string_manager()->reset_caches(); 1679 } 1680 if ($options['js']) { 1681 js_reset_all_caches(); 1682 } 1683 if ($options['template']) { 1684 template_reset_all_caches(); 1685 } 1686 if ($options['filter']) { 1687 reset_text_filters_cache(); 1688 } 1689 if ($options['other']) { 1690 purge_other_caches(); 1691 } 1692 } 1693 1694 /** 1695 * Purge all non-MUC caches not otherwise purged in purge_caches. 1696 * 1697 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at 1698 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()} 1699 */ 1700 function purge_other_caches() { 1701 global $DB, $CFG; 1702 core_text::reset_caches(); 1703 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) { 1704 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches(); 1705 } 1706 1707 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses. 1708 try { 1709 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', ''); 1710 } catch (moodle_exception $e) { 1711 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet. 1712 } 1713 1714 $DB->reset_caches(); 1715 1716 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc. 1717 clearstatcache(); 1718 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir.'', true); 1719 1720 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not. 1721 make_cache_directory(''); 1722 1723 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there. 1724 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes. 1725 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir, true); 1726 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time()); 1727 make_localcache_directory('', true); 1728 \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches(); 1729 } 1730 1731 /** 1732 * Get volatile flags 1733 * 1734 * @param string $type 1735 * @param int $changedsince default null 1736 * @return array records array 1737 */ 1738 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) { 1739 global $DB; 1740 1741 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time()); 1742 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry"; 1743 if ($changedsince !== null) { 1744 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince; 1745 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince"; 1746 } 1747 $cf = array(); 1748 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) { 1749 foreach ($flags as $flag) { 1750 $cf[$flag->name] = $flag->value; 1751 } 1752 } 1753 return $cf; 1754 } 1755 1756 /** 1757 * Get volatile flags 1758 * 1759 * @param string $type 1760 * @param string $name 1761 * @param int $changedsince default null 1762 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false 1763 */ 1764 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) { 1765 global $DB; 1766 1767 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time()); 1768 1769 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry"; 1770 if ($changedsince !== null) { 1771 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince; 1772 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince"; 1773 } 1774 1775 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params); 1776 } 1777 1778 /** 1779 * Set a volatile flag 1780 * 1781 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key 1782 * @param string $name the key to set 1783 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag 1784 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs 1785 * @return bool Always returns true 1786 */ 1787 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) { 1788 global $DB; 1789 1790 $timemodified = time(); 1791 if ($expiry === null || $expiry < $timemodified) { 1792 $expiry = $timemodified + 24 * 60 * 60; 1793 } else { 1794 $expiry = (int)$expiry; 1795 } 1796 1797 if ($value === null) { 1798 unset_cache_flag($type, $name); 1799 return true; 1800 } 1801 1802 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE)) { 1803 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER. 1804 if ($f->value == $value and $f->expiry == $expiry and $f->timemodified == $timemodified) { 1805 return true; // No need to update. 1806 } 1807 $f->value = $value; 1808 $f->expiry = $expiry; 1809 $f->timemodified = $timemodified; 1810 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f); 1811 } else { 1812 $f = new stdClass(); 1813 $f->flagtype = $type; 1814 $f->name = $name; 1815 $f->value = $value; 1816 $f->expiry = $expiry; 1817 $f->timemodified = $timemodified; 1818 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f); 1819 } 1820 return true; 1821 } 1822 1823 /** 1824 * Removes a single volatile flag 1825 * 1826 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key 1827 * @param string $name the key to set 1828 * @return bool 1829 */ 1830 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) { 1831 global $DB; 1832 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type)); 1833 return true; 1834 } 1835 1836 /** 1837 * Garbage-collect volatile flags 1838 * 1839 * @return bool Always returns true 1840 */ 1841 function gc_cache_flags() { 1842 global $DB; 1843 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time())); 1844 return true; 1845 } 1846 1847 // USER PREFERENCE API. 1848 1849 /** 1850 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER 1851 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script. 1852 * 1853 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires. 1854 * 1855 * @package core 1856 * @category preference 1857 * @access public 1858 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property 1859 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds) 1860 * @throws coding_exception 1861 * @return null 1862 */ 1863 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass $user, $cachelifetime = 120) { 1864 global $DB; 1865 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes. 1866 static $loadedusers = array(); 1867 1868 if (!isset($user->id)) { 1869 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field'); 1870 } 1871 1872 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) { 1873 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest. 1874 if (!isset($user->preference)) { 1875 $user->preference = array(); 1876 } 1877 return; 1878 } 1879 1880 $timenow = time(); 1881 1882 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id]) and isset($user->preference) and isset($user->preference['_lastloaded'])) { 1883 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date? 1884 if ($user->preference['_lastloaded'] + $cachelifetime > $timenow) { 1885 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago. 1886 return; 1887 1888 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id, $user->preference['_lastloaded'])) { 1889 // No change since the lastcheck on this page. 1890 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow; 1891 return; 1892 } 1893 } 1894 1895 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences. 1896 $loadedusers[$user->id] = true; 1897 $user->preference = $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id), '', 'name,value'); // All values. 1898 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow; 1899 } 1900 1901 /** 1902 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions. 1903 * 1904 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code. 1905 * 1906 * @package core 1907 * @access private 1908 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed. 1909 */ 1910 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) { 1911 global $CFG; 1912 1913 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) { 1914 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users. 1915 return; 1916 } 1917 1918 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() + $CFG->sessiontimeout); 1919 } 1920 1921 /** 1922 * Sets a preference for the specified user. 1923 * 1924 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 1925 * 1926 * When additional validation/permission check is needed it is better to use {@see useredit_update_user_preference()} 1927 * 1928 * @package core 1929 * @category preference 1930 * @access public 1931 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user 1932 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's 1933 * record, null means delete current value. 1934 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 1935 * @throws coding_exception 1936 * @return bool Always true or exception 1937 */ 1938 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) { 1939 global $USER, $DB; 1940 1941 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') { 1942 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call'); 1943 } 1944 1945 if (is_null($value)) { 1946 // Null means delete current. 1947 return unset_user_preference($name, $user); 1948 } else if (is_object($value)) { 1949 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed'); 1950 } else if (is_array($value)) { 1951 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed'); 1952 } 1953 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters. 1954 $value = (string)$value; 1955 if (core_text::strlen($value) > 1333) { 1956 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column'); 1957 } 1958 1959 if (is_null($user)) { 1960 $user = $USER; 1961 } else if (isset($user->id)) { 1962 // It is a valid object. 1963 } else if (is_numeric($user)) { 1964 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user); 1965 } else { 1966 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call'); 1967 } 1968 1969 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 1970 1971 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) { 1972 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest. 1973 $user->preference[$name] = $value; 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name))) { 1978 if ($preference->value === $value and isset($user->preference[$name]) and $user->preference[$name] === $value) { 1979 // Preference already set to this value. 1980 return true; 1981 } 1982 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id)); 1983 1984 } else { 1985 $preference = new stdClass(); 1986 $preference->userid = $user->id; 1987 $preference->name = $name; 1988 $preference->value = $value; 1989 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference); 1990 } 1991 1992 // Update value in cache. 1993 $user->preference[$name] = $value; 1994 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER. 1995 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) { 1996 $USER->preference[$name] = $value; 1997 } 1998 1999 // Set reload flag for other sessions. 2000 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id); 2001 2002 return true; 2003 } 2004 2005 /** 2006 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user 2007 * 2008 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 2009 * 2010 * @package core 2011 * @category preference 2012 * @access public 2013 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set 2014 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 2015 * @return bool Always true or exception 2016 */ 2017 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) { 2018 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) { 2019 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user); 2020 } 2021 return true; 2022 } 2023 2024 /** 2025 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database 2026 * 2027 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 2028 * 2029 * @package core 2030 * @category preference 2031 * @access public 2032 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user 2033 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 2034 * @throws coding_exception 2035 * @return bool Always true or exception 2036 */ 2037 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) { 2038 global $USER, $DB; 2039 2040 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') { 2041 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call'); 2042 } 2043 2044 if (is_null($user)) { 2045 $user = $USER; 2046 } else if (isset($user->id)) { 2047 // It is a valid object. 2048 } else if (is_numeric($user)) { 2049 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user); 2050 } else { 2051 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call'); 2052 } 2053 2054 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 2055 2056 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) { 2057 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest. 2058 unset($user->preference[$name]); 2059 return true; 2060 } 2061 2062 // Delete from DB. 2063 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name)); 2064 2065 // Delete the preference from cache. 2066 unset($user->preference[$name]); 2067 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER. 2068 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) { 2069 unset($USER->preference[$name]); 2070 } 2071 2072 // Set reload flag for other sessions. 2073 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id); 2074 2075 return true; 2076 } 2077 2078 /** 2079 * Used to fetch user preference(s) 2080 * 2081 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return 2082 * all of the current user preferences as an array. 2083 * 2084 * If a name is specified then this function 2085 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If 2086 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned, 2087 * otherwise null. 2088 * 2089 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 2090 * 2091 * @package core 2092 * @category preference 2093 * @access public 2094 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value 2095 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences 2096 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 2097 * @throws coding_exception 2098 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An 2099 * array with all of the preferences or null 2100 */ 2101 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) { 2102 global $USER; 2103 2104 if (is_null($name)) { 2105 // All prefs. 2106 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') { 2107 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call'); 2108 } 2109 2110 if (is_null($user)) { 2111 $user = $USER; 2112 } else if (isset($user->id)) { 2113 // Is a valid object. 2114 } else if (is_numeric($user)) { 2115 if ($USER->id == $user) { 2116 $user = $USER; 2117 } else { 2118 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user); 2119 } 2120 } else { 2121 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call'); 2122 } 2123 2124 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 2125 2126 if (empty($name)) { 2127 // All values. 2128 return $user->preference; 2129 } else if (isset($user->preference[$name])) { 2130 // The single string value. 2131 return $user->preference[$name]; 2132 } else { 2133 // Default value (null if not specified). 2134 return $default; 2135 } 2136 } 2137 2138 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME. 2139 2140 /** 2141 * Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp. 2142 * 2143 * @package core 2144 * @category time 2145 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of 2146 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of 2147 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of 2148 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of 2149 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of 2150 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of 2151 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset. 2152 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2153 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be 2154 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string. 2155 * @return int GMT timestamp 2156 */ 2157 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) { 2158 $date = new DateTime('now', core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone)); 2159 $date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day); 2160 $date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second); 2161 2162 $time = $date->getTimestamp(); 2163 2164 if ($time === false) { 2165 throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'. 2166 ' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows'); 2167 } 2168 2169 // Moodle BC DST stuff. 2170 if (!$applydst) { 2171 $time += dst_offset_on($time, $timezone); 2172 } 2173 2174 return $time; 2175 2176 } 2177 2178 /** 2179 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed 2180 * 2181 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string 2182 * formatted nicely as years, days, hours etc as needed 2183 * 2184 * @package core 2185 * @category time 2186 * @uses MINSECS 2187 * @uses HOURSECS 2188 * @uses DAYSECS 2189 * @uses YEARSECS 2190 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds 2191 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object 2192 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string 2193 */ 2194 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) { 2195 2196 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs); 2197 2198 if (!$str) { 2199 // Create the str structure the slow way. 2200 $str = new stdClass(); 2201 $str->day = get_string('day'); 2202 $str->days = get_string('days'); 2203 $str->hour = get_string('hour'); 2204 $str->hours = get_string('hours'); 2205 $str->min = get_string('min'); 2206 $str->mins = get_string('mins'); 2207 $str->sec = get_string('sec'); 2208 $str->secs = get_string('secs'); 2209 $str->year = get_string('year'); 2210 $str->years = get_string('years'); 2211 } 2212 2213 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS); 2214 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS); 2215 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS); 2216 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS); 2217 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS); 2218 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS); 2219 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS); 2220 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS); 2221 2222 $ss = ($secs == 1) ? $str->sec : $str->secs; 2223 $sm = ($mins == 1) ? $str->min : $str->mins; 2224 $sh = ($hours == 1) ? $str->hour : $str->hours; 2225 $sd = ($days == 1) ? $str->day : $str->days; 2226 $sy = ($years == 1) ? $str->year : $str->years; 2227 2228 $oyears = ''; 2229 $odays = ''; 2230 $ohours = ''; 2231 $omins = ''; 2232 $osecs = ''; 2233 2234 if ($years) { 2235 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy; 2236 } 2237 if ($days) { 2238 $odays = $days .' '. $sd; 2239 } 2240 if ($hours) { 2241 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh; 2242 } 2243 if ($mins) { 2244 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm; 2245 } 2246 if ($secs) { 2247 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss; 2248 } 2249 2250 if ($years) { 2251 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays); 2252 } 2253 if ($days) { 2254 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours); 2255 } 2256 if ($hours) { 2257 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins); 2258 } 2259 if ($mins) { 2260 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs); 2261 } 2262 if ($secs) { 2263 return $osecs; 2264 } 2265 return get_string('now'); 2266 } 2267 2268 /** 2269 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time. 2270 * 2271 * @package core 2272 * @category time 2273 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database. 2274 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using 2275 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig'); 2276 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and 2277 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added. 2278 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2279 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed. 2280 * If false then the leading zero is maintained. 2281 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed. 2282 * @return string the formatted date/time. 2283 */ 2284 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) { 2285 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2286 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour); 2287 } 2288 2289 /** 2290 * Returns a html "time" tag with both the exact user date with timezone information 2291 * as a datetime attribute in the W3C format, and the user readable date and time as text. 2292 * 2293 * @package core 2294 * @category time 2295 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database. 2296 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using 2297 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig'); 2298 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and 2299 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added. 2300 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2301 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed. 2302 * If false then the leading zero is maintained. 2303 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed. 2304 * @return string the formatted date/time. 2305 */ 2306 function userdate_htmltime($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) { 2307 $userdatestr = userdate($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour); 2308 if (CLI_SCRIPT && !PHPUNIT_TEST) { 2309 return $userdatestr; 2310 } 2311 $machinedate = new DateTime(); 2312 $machinedate->setTimestamp(intval($date)); 2313 $machinedate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object()); 2314 2315 return html_writer::tag('time', $userdatestr, ['datetime' => $machinedate->format(DateTime::W3C)]); 2316 } 2317 2318 /** 2319 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8. 2320 * 2321 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8 2322 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32). 2323 * 2324 * @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp 2325 * @param string $format strftime format. 2326 * @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone 2327 * @return string the formatted date/time. 2328 * @since Moodle 2.3.3 2329 */ 2330 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) { 2331 global $CFG; 2332 2333 $localewincharset = null; 2334 // Get the calendar type user is using. 2335 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') { 2336 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2337 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset(); 2338 } 2339 2340 if ($localewincharset) { 2341 $format = core_text::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset); 2342 } 2343 2344 date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($tz)); 2345 2346 if (strftime('%p', 0) === strftime('%p', HOURSECS * 18)) { 2347 $datearray = getdate($date); 2348 $format = str_replace([ 2349 '%P', 2350 '%p', 2351 ], [ 2352 $datearray['hours'] < 12 ? get_string('am', 'langconfig') : get_string('pm', 'langconfig'), 2353 $datearray['hours'] < 12 ? get_string('amcaps', 'langconfig') : get_string('pmcaps', 'langconfig'), 2354 ], $format); 2355 } 2356 2357 $datestring = strftime($format, $date); 2358 core_date::set_default_server_timezone(); 2359 2360 if ($localewincharset) { 2361 $datestring = core_text::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8'); 2362 } 2363 2364 return $datestring; 2365 } 2366 2367 /** 2368 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch), 2369 * returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time 2370 * 2371 * @package core 2372 * @category time 2373 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT 2374 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone 2375 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time 2376 */ 2377 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) { 2378 if ($time === null) { 2379 // PHP8 and PHP7 return different results when getdate(null) is called. 2380 // Display warning and cast to 0 to make sure the usergetdate() behaves consistently on all versions of PHP. 2381 // In the future versions of Moodle we may consider adding a strict typehint. 2382 debugging('usergetdate() expects parameter $time to be int, null given', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 2383 $time = 0; 2384 } 2385 2386 date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone)); 2387 $result = getdate($time); 2388 core_date::set_default_server_timezone(); 2389 2390 return $result; 2391 } 2392 2393 /** 2394 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by 2395 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds 2396 * 2397 * NOTE: this function does not include DST properly, 2398 * you should use the PHP date stuff instead! 2399 * 2400 * @package core 2401 * @category time 2402 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT 2403 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone 2404 * @return int 2405 */ 2406 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) { 2407 $userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date); 2408 $userdate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone)); 2409 $dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone); 2410 2411 return $date - $userdate->getOffset() + $dst; 2412 } 2413 2414 /** 2415 * Get a formatted string representation of an interval between two unix timestamps. 2416 * 2417 * E.g. 2418 * $intervalstring = get_time_interval_string(12345600, 12345660); 2419 * Will produce the string: 2420 * '0d 0h 1m' 2421 * 2422 * @param int $time1 unix timestamp 2423 * @param int $time2 unix timestamp 2424 * @param string $format string (can be lang string) containing format chars: https://www.php.net/manual/en/dateinterval.format.php. 2425 * @return string the formatted string describing the time difference, e.g. '10d 11h 45m'. 2426 */ 2427 function get_time_interval_string(int $time1, int $time2, string $format = ''): string { 2428 $dtdate = new DateTime(); 2429 $dtdate->setTimeStamp($time1); 2430 $dtdate2 = new DateTime(); 2431 $dtdate2->setTimeStamp($time2); 2432 $interval = $dtdate2->diff($dtdate); 2433 $format = empty($format) ? get_string('dateintervaldayshoursmins', 'langconfig') : $format; 2434 return $interval->format($format); 2435 } 2436 2437 /** 2438 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight 2439 * for the current user. 2440 * 2441 * @package core 2442 * @category time 2443 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT 2444 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone 2445 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp 2446 */ 2447 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) { 2448 2449 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone); 2450 2451 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT. 2452 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone); 2453 2454 } 2455 2456 /** 2457 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone 2458 * 2459 * @package core 2460 * @category time 2461 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone 2462 * @return string 2463 */ 2464 function usertimezone($timezone=99) { 2465 $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone); 2466 return core_date::get_localised_timezone($tz); 2467 } 2468 2469 /** 2470 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone 2471 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database) 2472 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account 2473 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value 2474 * 2475 * @package core 2476 * @category time 2477 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before 2478 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone 2479 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2480 * @return float|string 2481 */ 2482 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) { 2483 global $USER, $CFG; 2484 2485 $timezones = array( 2486 $tz, 2487 isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : 99, 2488 isset($USER->timezone) ? $USER->timezone : 99, 2489 isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : 99, 2490 ); 2491 2492 $tz = 99; 2493 2494 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array. 2495 foreach ($timezones as $nextvalue) { 2496 if ((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) || $tz == 99) { 2497 $tz = $nextvalue; 2498 } 2499 } 2500 return is_numeric($tz) ? (float) $tz : $tz; 2501 } 2502 2503 /** 2504 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp) 2505 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float. 2506 * 2507 * @package core 2508 * @category time 2509 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp 2510 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone 2511 * @return int 2512 */ 2513 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) { 2514 $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($strtimezone); 2515 $date = new DateTime('@' . $time); 2516 $date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz)); 2517 if ($date->format('I') == '1') { 2518 if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') { 2519 return 1800; 2520 } 2521 return 3600; 2522 } 2523 return 0; 2524 } 2525 2526 /** 2527 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month 2528 * 2529 * @package core 2530 * @category time 2531 * @param int $startday starting day of the month 2532 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences) 2533 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought 2534 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought 2535 * @return int 2536 */ 2537 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) { 2538 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2539 2540 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year); 2541 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays()); 2542 2543 if ($weekday == -1) { 2544 // Don't care about weekday, so return: 2545 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1 2546 // $daysinmonth otherwise. 2547 return ($startday == -1) ? $daysinmonth : abs($startday); 2548 } 2549 2550 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday. 2551 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it. 2552 if ($startday == -1) { 2553 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth; 2554 } 2555 2556 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction. 2557 if ($startday < 1) { 2558 $startday = abs($startday); 2559 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year); 2560 2561 // This is the last such weekday of the month. 2562 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday; 2563 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) { 2564 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek; 2565 } 2566 2567 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday. 2568 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) { 2569 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek; 2570 } 2571 2572 return $lastinmonth; 2573 } else { 2574 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year); 2575 2576 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday; 2577 if ($diff < 0) { 2578 $diff += $daysinweek; 2579 } 2580 2581 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday. 2582 $firstfromindex = $startday + $diff; 2583 2584 return $firstfromindex; 2585 } 2586 } 2587 2588 /** 2589 * Calculate the number of days in a given month 2590 * 2591 * @package core 2592 * @category time 2593 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought 2594 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought 2595 * @return int 2596 */ 2597 function days_in_month($month, $year) { 2598 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2599 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month); 2600 } 2601 2602 /** 2603 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day 2604 * 2605 * @package core 2606 * @category time 2607 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought 2608 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought 2609 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought 2610 * @return int 2611 */ 2612 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) { 2613 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2614 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day); 2615 } 2616 2617 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN. 2618 2619 /** 2620 * Returns full login url. 2621 * 2622 * Any form submissions for authentication to this URL must include username, 2623 * password as well as a logintoken generated by \core\session\manager::get_login_token(). 2624 * 2625 * @return string login url 2626 */ 2627 function get_login_url() { 2628 global $CFG; 2629 2630 return "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php"; 2631 } 2632 2633 /** 2634 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the 2635 * required privileges 2636 * 2637 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally 2638 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular 2639 * course module. 2640 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless 2641 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which 2642 * case they are automatically logged in as guests. 2643 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the 2644 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page. 2645 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher 2646 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page. 2647 * 2648 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'. 2649 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed. 2650 * 2651 * @package core_access 2652 * @category access 2653 * 2654 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object 2655 * @param bool $autologinguest default true 2656 * @param object $cm course module object 2657 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to 2658 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable, 2659 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495 2660 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions 2661 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path 2662 * @throws coding_exception 2663 * @throws require_login_exception 2664 * @throws moodle_exception 2665 */ 2666 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) { 2667 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT; 2668 2669 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started. 2670 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) { 2671 $preventredirect = true; 2672 } 2673 2674 if (AJAX_SCRIPT) { 2675 // We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either. 2676 $preventredirect = true; 2677 } 2678 2679 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale. 2680 if (!empty($courseorid)) { 2681 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 2682 $course = $courseorid; 2683 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID) { 2684 $course = clone($SITE); 2685 } else { 2686 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST); 2687 } 2688 if ($cm) { 2689 if ($cm->course != $course->id) { 2690 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!'); 2691 } 2692 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details. 2693 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info)) { 2694 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any 2695 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously 2696 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this. 2697 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course); 2698 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id); 2699 } 2700 } 2701 } else { 2702 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(), 2703 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!! 2704 $course = $SITE; 2705 if ($cm) { 2706 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!'); 2707 } 2708 } 2709 2710 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false. 2711 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future 2712 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL. 2713 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT) { 2714 $setwantsurltome = false; 2715 } 2716 2717 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour. 2718 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) { 2719 if ($preventredirect) { 2720 throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception(); 2721 } else { 2722 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2723 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2724 } 2725 redirect(get_login_url()); 2726 } 2727 } 2728 2729 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are. 2730 if (!isloggedin()) { 2731 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) { 2732 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest)) { 2733 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page. 2734 redirect(get_login_url()); 2735 exit; // Never reached. 2736 } 2737 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang; 2738 complete_user_login($guest); 2739 $USER->autologinguest = true; 2740 $SESSION->lang = $lang; 2741 } else { 2742 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php. 2743 if ($preventredirect) { 2744 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in'); 2745 } 2746 2747 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2748 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2749 } 2750 2751 // Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page 2752 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); // Auths, in sequence. 2753 foreach($authsequence as $authname) { 2754 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname); 2755 $authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook(); 2756 if (isloggedin()) { 2757 if ($cm) { 2758 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course); 2759 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id); 2760 } 2761 set_access_log_user(); 2762 break; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 2766 // If we're still not logged in then go to the login page 2767 if (!isloggedin()) { 2768 redirect(get_login_url()); 2769 exit; // Never reached. 2770 } 2771 } 2772 } 2773 2774 // Loginas as redirection if needed. 2775 if ($course->id != SITEID and \core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 2776 if ($USER->loginascontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) { 2777 if ($USER->loginascontext->instanceid != $course->id) { 2778 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid); 2779 } 2780 } 2781 } 2782 2783 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them). 2784 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 2785 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth); 2786 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) { 2787 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2788 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2789 } 2790 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) { 2791 // Use plugin custom url. 2792 redirect($changeurl); 2793 } else { 2794 // Use moodle internal method. 2795 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php'); 2796 } 2797 } else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) { 2798 throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice'); 2799 } else { 2800 throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth'); 2801 } 2802 } 2803 2804 // Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to 2805 // edit their profile and this is not a WS request, perform just the lax check. 2806 // It will allow them to use filepicker on the profile edit page. 2807 2808 if ($preventredirect && !WS_SERVER) { 2809 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false); 2810 } else { 2811 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true); 2812 } 2813 2814 if ($usernotfullysetup) { 2815 if ($preventredirect) { 2816 throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup'); 2817 } 2818 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2819 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2820 } 2821 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id .'&course='. SITEID); 2822 } 2823 2824 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection. 2825 sesskey(); 2826 2827 if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 2828 // During a "logged in as" session we should force all content to be cleaned because the 2829 // logged in user will be viewing potentially malicious user generated content. 2830 // See MDL-63786 for more details. 2831 $CFG->forceclean = true; 2832 } 2833 2834 $afterlogins = get_plugins_with_function('after_require_login', 'lib.php'); 2835 2836 // Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion. 2837 if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress)) { 2838 // Set the global $COURSE. 2839 if ($cm) { 2840 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course); 2841 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse'); 2842 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) { 2843 $PAGE->set_course($course); 2844 } 2845 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging. 2846 // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests. 2847 if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) { 2848 user_accesstime_log($course->id); 2849 } 2850 2851 foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) { 2852 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) { 2853 $pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 2854 } 2855 } 2856 return; 2857 } 2858 2859 // Scripts have a chance to declare that $USER->policyagreed should not be checked. 2860 // This is mostly for places where users are actually accepting the policies, to avoid the redirect loop. 2861 if (!defined('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK')) { 2862 define('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK', false); 2863 } 2864 2865 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins. 2866 // Do not test if the script explicitly asked for skipping the site policies check. 2867 if (!$USER->policyagreed && !is_siteadmin() && !NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK) { 2868 $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\manager(); 2869 if ($policyurl = $manager->get_redirect_url(isguestuser())) { 2870 if ($preventredirect) { 2871 throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $policyurl->out()); 2872 } 2873 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2874 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2875 } 2876 redirect($policyurl); 2877 } 2878 } 2879 2880 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts. 2881 $sysctx = context_system::instance(); 2882 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($course->id, MUST_EXIST); 2883 if ($cm) { 2884 $cmcontext = context_module::instance($cm->id, MUST_EXIST); 2885 } else { 2886 $cmcontext = null; 2887 } 2888 2889 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message. 2890 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) { 2891 if ($preventredirect) { 2892 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress'); 2893 } 2894 $PAGE->set_context(null); 2895 print_maintenance_message(); 2896 } 2897 2898 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden. 2899 if ($course->id == SITEID) { 2900 // Frontpage can not be hidden. 2901 } else { 2902 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) { 2903 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch. 2904 } else { 2905 if (!$course->visible and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) { 2906 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries 2907 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-). 2908 if ($preventredirect) { 2909 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden'); 2910 } 2911 $PAGE->set_context(null); 2912 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus 2913 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it. 2914 navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/')); 2915 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/'); 2916 } 2917 } 2918 } 2919 2920 // Is the user enrolled? 2921 if ($course->id == SITEID) { 2922 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage. 2923 } else { 2924 if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 2925 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first. 2926 $realuser = \core\session\manager::get_realuser(); 2927 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id, '', true) and 2928 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id)) { 2929 if ($preventredirect) { 2930 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access'); 2931 } 2932 $PAGE->set_context(null); 2933 echo $OUTPUT->header(); 2934 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot .'/'); 2935 } 2936 } 2937 2938 $access = false; 2939 2940 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) { 2941 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch. 2942 $access = true; 2943 2944 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) { 2945 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol. 2946 $access = true; 2947 2948 } else { 2949 if (isset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id])) { 2950 if ($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] > time()) { 2951 $access = true; 2952 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) { 2953 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]); 2954 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext); 2955 } 2956 } else { 2957 // Expired. 2958 unset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id]); 2959 } 2960 } 2961 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) { 2962 if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] == 0) { 2963 $access = true; 2964 } else if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] > time()) { 2965 $access = true; 2966 } else { 2967 // Expired. 2968 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]); 2969 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext); 2970 } 2971 } 2972 2973 if (!$access) { 2974 // Cache not ok. 2975 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid, $USER->id); 2976 if ($until !== false) { 2977 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false. 2978 if ($until == 0) { 2979 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP; 2980 } 2981 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until; 2982 $access = true; 2983 2984 } else if (core_course_category::can_view_course_info($course)) { 2985 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED); 2986 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC'); 2987 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true); 2988 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user. 2989 foreach ($instances as $instance) { 2990 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) { 2991 continue; 2992 } 2993 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false. 2994 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_autoenrol($instance); 2995 if ($until !== false) { 2996 if ($until == 0) { 2997 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP; 2998 } 2999 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until; 3000 $access = true; 3001 break; 3002 } 3003 } 3004 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access. 3005 if (!$access) { 3006 foreach ($instances as $instance) { 3007 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) { 3008 continue; 3009 } 3010 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false. 3011 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_guestaccess($instance); 3012 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) { 3013 $USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] = $until; 3014 $access = true; 3015 break; 3016 } 3017 } 3018 } 3019 } else { 3020 // User is not enrolled and is not allowed to browse courses here. 3021 if ($preventredirect) { 3022 throw new require_login_exception('Course is not available'); 3023 } 3024 $PAGE->set_context(null); 3025 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus 3026 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it. 3027 navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/')); 3028 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/'); 3029 } 3030 } 3031 } 3032 3033 if (!$access) { 3034 if ($preventredirect) { 3035 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled'); 3036 } 3037 if ($setwantsurltome) { 3038 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 3039 } 3040 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id); 3041 } 3042 } 3043 3044 // Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins. 3045 if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress) { 3046 if ($preventredirect) { 3047 throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion'); 3048 } 3049 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/course/lib.php'); 3050 redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error')); 3051 } 3052 3053 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc. 3054 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible) { 3055 if ($preventredirect) { 3056 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden'); 3057 } 3058 // Get the error message that activity is not available and why (if explanation can be shown to the user). 3059 $PAGE->set_course($course); 3060 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('course'); 3061 $message = $renderer->course_section_cm_unavailable_error_message($cm); 3062 redirect(course_get_url($course), $message, null, \core\output\notification::NOTIFY_ERROR); 3063 } 3064 3065 // Set the global $COURSE. 3066 if ($cm) { 3067 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course); 3068 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse'); 3069 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) { 3070 $PAGE->set_course($course); 3071 } 3072 3073 foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) { 3074 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) { 3075 $pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3076 } 3077 } 3078 3079 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times. 3080 // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests. 3081 if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) { 3082 user_accesstime_log($course->id); 3083 } 3084 } 3085 3086 /** 3087 * A convenience function for where we must be logged in as admin 3088 * @return void 3089 */ 3090 function require_admin() { 3091 require_login(null, false); 3092 require_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system::instance()); 3093 } 3094 3095 /** 3096 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out. 3097 * 3098 * @package core_access 3099 * @category access 3100 */ 3101 function require_logout() { 3102 global $USER, $DB; 3103 3104 if (!isloggedin()) { 3105 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here. 3106 \core\session\manager::terminate_current(); 3107 return; 3108 } 3109 3110 // Execute hooks before action. 3111 $authplugins = array(); 3112 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); 3113 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) { 3114 $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname); 3115 $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook(); 3116 } 3117 3118 // Store info that gets removed during logout. 3119 $sid = session_id(); 3120 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout::create( 3121 array( 3122 'userid' => $USER->id, 3123 'objectid' => $USER->id, 3124 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid), 3125 ) 3126 ); 3127 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) { 3128 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session); 3129 } 3130 3131 // Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins. 3132 $user = fullclone($USER); 3133 3134 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content. 3135 \core\session\manager::terminate_current(); 3136 3137 // Trigger event AFTER action. 3138 $event->trigger(); 3139 3140 // Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger. 3141 foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) { 3142 $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user); 3143 } 3144 } 3145 3146 /** 3147 * Weaker version of require_login() 3148 * 3149 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login 3150 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless 3151 * the forcelogin option is turned on. 3152 * @see require_login() 3153 * 3154 * @package core_access 3155 * @category access 3156 * 3157 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question 3158 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted 3159 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known 3160 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to 3161 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable, 3162 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495 3163 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions 3164 * @return void 3165 * @throws coding_exception 3166 */ 3167 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) { 3168 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE; 3169 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id == SITEID) 3170 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID)); 3171 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info)) { 3172 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any 3173 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously 3174 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this. 3175 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 3176 $course = $courseorid; 3177 } else { 3178 $course = clone($SITE); 3179 } 3180 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course); 3181 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id); 3182 } 3183 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin)) { 3184 // Login required for both SITE and courses. 3185 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3186 3187 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible) { 3188 // Always login for hidden activities. 3189 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3190 3191 } else if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser()) { 3192 // User is already logged in. Make sure the login is complete (user is fully setup, policies agreed). 3193 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3194 3195 } else if ($issite) { 3196 // Login for SITE not required. 3197 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly. 3198 if (!empty($courseorid)) { 3199 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 3200 $course = $courseorid; 3201 } else { 3202 $course = clone $SITE; 3203 } 3204 if ($cm) { 3205 if ($cm->course != $course->id) { 3206 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!'); 3207 } 3208 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course); 3209 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse'); 3210 } else { 3211 $PAGE->set_course($course); 3212 } 3213 } else { 3214 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now. 3215 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course); 3216 } 3217 // Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests. 3218 if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) { 3219 user_accesstime_log(SITEID); 3220 } 3221 return; 3222 3223 } else { 3224 // Course login always required. 3225 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3226 } 3227 } 3228 3229 /** 3230 * Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct. 3231 * 3232 * @param string $keyvalue the key value 3233 * @param string $script unique script identifier 3234 * @param int $instance instance id 3235 * @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table 3236 * @since Moodle 3.2 3237 * @throws moodle_exception 3238 */ 3239 function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) { 3240 global $DB; 3241 3242 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) { 3243 print_error('invalidkey'); 3244 } 3245 3246 if (!empty($key->validuntil) and $key->validuntil < time()) { 3247 print_error('expiredkey'); 3248 } 3249 3250 if ($key->iprestriction) { 3251 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null); 3252 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction)) { 3253 print_error('ipmismatch'); 3254 } 3255 } 3256 return $key; 3257 } 3258 3259 /** 3260 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect. 3261 * 3262 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES 3263 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM 3264 * @param string $script unique script identifier 3265 * @param int $instance optional instance id 3266 * @param string $keyvalue The key. If not supplied, this will be fetched from the current session. 3267 * @return int Instance ID 3268 */ 3269 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance = null, $keyvalue = null) { 3270 global $DB; 3271 3272 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) { 3273 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable'); 3274 } 3275 3276 // Extra safety. 3277 \core\session\manager::write_close(); 3278 3279 if (null === $keyvalue) { 3280 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM); 3281 } 3282 3283 $key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance); 3284 3285 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid))) { 3286 print_error('invaliduserid'); 3287 } 3288 3289 core_user::require_active_user($user, true, true); 3290 3291 // Emulate normal session. 3292 enrol_check_plugins($user); 3293 \core\session\manager::set_user($user); 3294 3295 // Note we are not using normal login. 3296 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) { 3297 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true); 3298 } 3299 3300 // Return instance id - it might be empty. 3301 return $key->instance; 3302 } 3303 3304 /** 3305 * Creates a new private user access key. 3306 * 3307 * @param string $script unique target identifier 3308 * @param int $userid 3309 * @param int $instance optional instance id 3310 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access 3311 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data 3312 * @return string access key value 3313 */ 3314 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) { 3315 global $DB; 3316 3317 $key = new stdClass(); 3318 $key->script = $script; 3319 $key->userid = $userid; 3320 $key->instance = $instance; 3321 $key->iprestriction = $iprestriction; 3322 $key->validuntil = $validuntil; 3323 $key->timecreated = time(); 3324 3325 // Something long and unique. 3326 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40)); 3327 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value))) { 3328 // Must be unique. 3329 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40)); 3330 } 3331 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key); 3332 return $key->value; 3333 } 3334 3335 /** 3336 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script. 3337 * 3338 * @param string $script unique target identifier 3339 * @param int $userid 3340 * @return void 3341 */ 3342 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) { 3343 global $DB; 3344 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid)); 3345 } 3346 3347 /** 3348 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist). 3349 * 3350 * @param string $script unique target identifier 3351 * @param int $userid 3352 * @param int $instance optional instance id 3353 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access 3354 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date 3355 * @return string access key value 3356 */ 3357 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) { 3358 global $DB; 3359 3360 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid, 3361 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction, 3362 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) { 3363 return $key->value; 3364 } else { 3365 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil); 3366 } 3367 } 3368 3369 3370 /** 3371 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now. 3372 * 3373 * @return bool Always returns true 3374 */ 3375 function update_user_login_times() { 3376 global $USER, $DB; 3377 3378 if (isguestuser()) { 3379 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance. 3380 return true; 3381 } 3382 3383 if (defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN') && USER_KEY_LOGIN === true) { 3384 // Do not update user login time when using user key login. 3385 return true; 3386 } 3387 3388 $now = time(); 3389 3390 $user = new stdClass(); 3391 $user->id = $USER->id; 3392 3393 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess. 3394 if ($USER->firstaccess == 0) { 3395 $USER->firstaccess = $user->firstaccess = $now; 3396 } 3397 3398 // Store the previous current as lastlogin. 3399 $USER->lastlogin = $user->lastlogin = $USER->currentlogin; 3400 3401 $USER->currentlogin = $user->currentlogin = $now; 3402 3403 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here. 3404 $USER->lastaccess = $user->lastaccess = $now; 3405 $USER->lastip = $user->lastip = getremoteaddr(); 3406 3407 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process, 3408 // the login event means that these fields were updated. 3409 $DB->update_record('user', $user); 3410 return true; 3411 } 3412 3413 /** 3414 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account. 3415 * 3416 * The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases 3417 * only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in 3418 * certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be 3419 * redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the 3420 * strict check. 3421 * 3422 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email 3423 * @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too 3424 * @return bool 3425 */ 3426 function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) { 3427 global $CFG; 3428 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php'); 3429 3430 if (isguestuser($user)) { 3431 return false; 3432 } 3433 3434 if (empty($user->firstname) or empty($user->lastname) or empty($user->email) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) { 3435 return true; 3436 } 3437 3438 if ($strict) { 3439 if (empty($user->id)) { 3440 // Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only. 3441 return true; 3442 } 3443 if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id)) { 3444 return true; 3445 } 3446 } 3447 3448 return false; 3449 } 3450 3451 /** 3452 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold 3453 * 3454 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 3455 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold 3456 */ 3457 function over_bounce_threshold($user) { 3458 global $CFG, $DB; 3459 3460 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces)) { 3461 return false; 3462 } 3463 3464 if (empty($user->id)) { 3465 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here. 3466 return false; 3467 } 3468 3469 // Set sensible defaults. 3470 if (empty($CFG->minbounces)) { 3471 $CFG->minbounces = 10; 3472 } 3473 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio)) { 3474 $CFG->bounceratio = .20; 3475 } 3476 $bouncecount = 0; 3477 $sendcount = 0; 3478 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) { 3479 $bouncecount = $bounce->value; 3480 } 3481 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) { 3482 $sendcount = $send->value; 3483 } 3484 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces && $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio); 3485 } 3486 3487 /** 3488 * Used to increment or reset email sent count 3489 * 3490 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id 3491 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0 3492 * @return void 3493 */ 3494 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) { 3495 global $DB; 3496 3497 if (empty($user->id)) { 3498 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here. 3499 return; 3500 } 3501 3502 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) { 3503 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1; 3504 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref); 3505 } else if (!empty($reset)) { 3506 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one. 3507 $pref = new stdClass(); 3508 $pref->name = 'email_send_count'; 3509 $pref->value = 1; 3510 $pref->userid = $user->id; 3511 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false); 3512 } 3513 } 3514 3515 /** 3516 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count 3517 * 3518 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id 3519 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0 3520 */ 3521 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) { 3522 global $DB; 3523 3524 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) { 3525 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1; 3526 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref); 3527 } else if (!empty($reset)) { 3528 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one. 3529 $pref = new stdClass(); 3530 $pref->name = 'email_bounce_count'; 3531 $pref->value = 1; 3532 $pref->userid = $user->id; 3533 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false); 3534 } 3535 } 3536 3537 /** 3538 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity 3539 * 3540 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested 3541 * @return bool 3542 */ 3543 function ismoving($courseid) { 3544 global $USER; 3545 3546 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy)) { 3547 return ($USER->activitycopycourse == $courseid); 3548 } 3549 return false; 3550 } 3551 3552 /** 3553 * Returns a persons full name 3554 * 3555 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person. 3556 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force the alternativefullnameformat to be used. In 3557 * English, fullname as well as alternativefullnameformat is set to 'firstname lastname' by default. But you could have 3558 * fullname set to 'firstname lastname' and alternativefullnameformat set to 'firstname middlename alternatename lastname'. 3559 * 3560 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of. 3561 * @param bool $override If true then the alternativefullnameformat format rather than fullnamedisplay format will be used. 3562 * @return string 3563 */ 3564 function fullname($user, $override=false) { 3565 global $CFG, $SESSION; 3566 3567 if (!isset($user->firstname) and !isset($user->lastname)) { 3568 return ''; 3569 } 3570 3571 // Get all of the name fields. 3572 $allnames = \core_user\fields::get_name_fields(); 3573 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper) { 3574 foreach ($allnames as $allname) { 3575 if (!property_exists($user, $allname)) { 3576 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed. 3577 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 3578 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times. 3579 break; 3580 } 3581 } 3582 } 3583 3584 if (!$override) { 3585 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname)) { 3586 $user->firstname = $CFG->forcefirstname; 3587 } 3588 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname)) { 3589 $user->lastname = $CFG->forcelastname; 3590 } 3591 } 3592 3593 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay)) { 3594 $CFG->fullnamedisplay = $SESSION->fullnamedisplay; 3595 } 3596 3597 $template = null; 3598 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that. 3599 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay)) { 3600 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay; 3601 } 3602 // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string. 3603 if ((empty($template) || $template == 'language') && !$override) { 3604 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user); 3605 } 3606 3607 // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format. 3608 if ($override) { 3609 if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat) || $CFG->alternativefullnameformat == 'language') { 3610 // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string. 3611 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user); 3612 } else { 3613 // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name. 3614 $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat; 3615 } 3616 } 3617 3618 $requirednames = array(); 3619 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is. 3620 foreach ($allnames as $allname) { 3621 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) { 3622 $requirednames[] = $allname; 3623 } 3624 } 3625 3626 $displayname = $template; 3627 // Switch in the actual data into the template. 3628 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) { 3629 if (isset($user->$altname)) { 3630 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages. 3631 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') { 3632 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname); 3633 } else { 3634 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname); 3635 } 3636 } else { 3637 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname); 3638 } 3639 } 3640 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters). 3641 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or 3642 // katakana and parenthesis. 3643 $patterns = array(); 3644 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been 3645 // filled in by a user. 3646 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:). 3647 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u'; 3648 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name. 3649 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u'; 3650 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) { 3651 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname); 3652 } 3653 3654 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces. 3655 $displayname = trim($displayname); 3656 if (empty($displayname)) { 3657 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what 3658 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on. 3659 $displayname = $user->firstname; 3660 } 3661 return $displayname; 3662 } 3663 3664 /** 3665 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields. 3666 * 3667 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()} 3668 * 3669 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to. 3670 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information. 3671 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname. 3672 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object. 3673 * The key can be set to the user table field name. 3674 * @return object User name fields. 3675 */ 3676 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) { 3677 $fields = []; 3678 foreach (\core_user\fields::get_name_fields() as $field) { 3679 $fields[$field] = $prefix . $field; 3680 } 3681 if ($additionalfields) { 3682 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if 3683 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value. 3684 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) { 3685 if (is_numeric($key)) { 3686 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value; 3687 unset($additionalfields[$key]); 3688 } else { 3689 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value; 3690 } 3691 } 3692 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields); 3693 } 3694 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) { 3695 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back. 3696 $addtoobject->$key = ''; 3697 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) { 3698 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field; 3699 } 3700 } 3701 return $addtoobject; 3702 } 3703 3704 /** 3705 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string. 3706 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string. 3707 * 3708 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format 3709 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for. 3710 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format. 3711 */ 3712 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) { 3713 $valuearray = array(); 3714 foreach ($values as $value) { 3715 $pattern = "/$value\b/"; 3716 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic. 3717 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) { 3718 $replacement = "thing"; 3719 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos(). 3720 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat); 3721 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement); 3722 $valuearray[$position] = $value; 3723 } 3724 } 3725 ksort($valuearray); 3726 return $valuearray; 3727 } 3728 3729 /** 3730 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists. 3731 * 3732 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}. 3733 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available. 3734 */ 3735 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) { 3736 global $CFG; 3737 3738 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) { 3739 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php"); 3740 } 3741 return false; 3742 } 3743 3744 /** 3745 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins. 3746 * 3747 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin. 3748 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled. 3749 */ 3750 function is_enabled_auth($auth) { 3751 if (empty($auth)) { 3752 return false; 3753 } 3754 3755 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); 3756 3757 return in_array($auth, $enabled); 3758 } 3759 3760 /** 3761 * Returns an authentication plugin instance. 3762 * 3763 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin 3764 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin. 3765 */ 3766 function get_auth_plugin($auth) { 3767 global $CFG; 3768 3769 // Check the plugin exists first. 3770 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) { 3771 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth); 3772 } 3773 3774 // Return auth plugin instance. 3775 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php"); 3776 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth"; 3777 return new $class; 3778 } 3779 3780 /** 3781 * Returns array of active auth plugins. 3782 * 3783 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed. Only set if logged in as admin. 3784 * @return array 3785 */ 3786 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) { 3787 global $CFG; 3788 3789 $default = array('manual', 'nologin'); 3790 3791 if (empty($CFG->auth)) { 3792 $auths = array(); 3793 } else { 3794 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth); 3795 } 3796 3797 $auths = array_unique($auths); 3798 $oldauthconfig = implode(',', $auths); 3799 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) { 3800 if (in_array($authname, $default)) { 3801 // The manual and nologin plugin never need to be stored. 3802 unset($auths[$k]); 3803 } else if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname)) { 3804 debugging(get_string('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', $authname)); 3805 unset($auths[$k]); 3806 } 3807 } 3808 3809 // Ideally only explicit interaction from a human admin should trigger a 3810 // change in auth config, see MDL-70424 for details. 3811 if ($fix) { 3812 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths); 3813 if (!isset($CFG->auth) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth) { 3814 add_to_config_log('auth', $oldauthconfig, $newconfig, 'core'); 3815 set_config('auth', $newconfig); 3816 } 3817 } 3818 3819 return (array_merge($default, $auths)); 3820 } 3821 3822 /** 3823 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used. 3824 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed 3825 * 3826 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required 3827 * @return bool 3828 */ 3829 function is_internal_auth($auth) { 3830 // Throws error if bad $auth. 3831 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth); 3832 return $authplugin->is_internal(); 3833 } 3834 3835 /** 3836 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one. 3837 * 3838 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password 3839 * 3840 * @param string $username username to be checked 3841 * @return bool 3842 */ 3843 function is_restored_user($username) { 3844 global $CFG, $DB; 3845 3846 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'password' => 'restored')); 3847 } 3848 3849 /** 3850 * Returns an array of user fields 3851 * 3852 * @return array User field/column names 3853 */ 3854 function get_user_fieldnames() { 3855 global $DB; 3856 3857 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user'); 3858 unset($fieldarray['id']); 3859 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray); 3860 3861 return $fieldarray; 3862 } 3863 3864 /** 3865 * Returns the string of the language for the new user. 3866 * 3867 * @return string language for the new user 3868 */ 3869 function get_newuser_language() { 3870 global $CFG, $SESSION; 3871 return (!empty($CFG->autolangusercreation) && !empty($SESSION->lang)) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang; 3872 } 3873 3874 /** 3875 * Creates a bare-bones user record 3876 * 3877 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example 3878 * 3879 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record 3880 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record 3881 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required 3882 * @return stdClass A complete user object 3883 */ 3884 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') { 3885 global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION; 3886 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php'); 3887 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php'); 3888 3889 // Just in case check text case. 3890 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username)); 3891 3892 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth); 3893 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields(); 3894 $newuser = new stdClass(); 3895 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) { 3896 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo); 3897 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) { 3898 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields) || (in_array($key, $customfields))) { 3899 $newuser->$key = $value; 3900 } 3901 } 3902 } 3903 3904 if (!empty($newuser->email)) { 3905 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email)) { 3906 unset($newuser->email); 3907 } 3908 } 3909 3910 $newuser->auth = $auth; 3911 $newuser->username = $username; 3912 3913 // Fix for MDL-8480 3914 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty 3915 // or $user->lang is not an installed language. 3916 if (empty($newuser->lang) || !get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang)) { 3917 $newuser->lang = get_newuser_language(); 3918 } 3919 $newuser->confirmed = 1; 3920 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr(); 3921 $newuser->timecreated = time(); 3922 $newuser->timemodified = $newuser->timecreated; 3923 $newuser->mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id; 3924 3925 $newuser->id = user_create_user($newuser, false, false); 3926 3927 // Save user profile data. 3928 profile_save_data($newuser); 3929 3930 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id); 3931 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth.'_forcechangepassword'})) { 3932 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user); 3933 } 3934 // Set the password. 3935 update_internal_user_password($user, $password); 3936 3937 // Trigger event. 3938 \core\event\user_created::create_from_userid($newuser->id)->trigger(); 3939 3940 return $user; 3941 } 3942 3943 /** 3944 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!). 3945 * 3946 * @param string $username user's username to update the record 3947 * @return stdClass A complete user object 3948 */ 3949 function update_user_record($username) { 3950 global $DB, $CFG; 3951 // Just in case check text case. 3952 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username)); 3953 3954 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id), '*', MUST_EXIST); 3955 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id); 3956 } 3957 3958 /** 3959 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!). 3960 * 3961 * @param int $id user id 3962 * @return stdClass A complete user object 3963 */ 3964 function update_user_record_by_id($id) { 3965 global $DB, $CFG; 3966 require_once($CFG->dirroot."/user/profile/lib.php"); 3967 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php'); 3968 3969 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0); 3970 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST); 3971 3972 $newuser = array(); 3973 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth); 3974 3975 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username)) { 3976 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo); 3977 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields(); 3978 3979 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) { 3980 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields); 3981 if (!$iscustom) { 3982 $key = strtolower($key); 3983 } 3984 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id' 3985 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') { 3986 // Unknown or must not be changed. 3987 continue; 3988 } 3989 if (empty($userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}) || empty($userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key})) { 3990 continue; 3991 } 3992 $confval = $userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}; 3993 $lockval = $userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key}; 3994 if ($confval === 'onlogin') { 3995 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with 3996 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose 3997 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill 3998 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving 3999 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value 4000 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field. 4001 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) { 4002 if ($iscustom || (in_array($key, $userauth->userfields) && 4003 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) { 4004 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value; 4005 } 4006 } 4007 } 4008 } 4009 if ($newuser) { 4010 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id; 4011 $newuser['timemodified'] = time(); 4012 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false); 4013 4014 // Save user profile data. 4015 profile_save_data((object) $newuser); 4016 4017 // Trigger event. 4018 \core\event\user_updated::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger(); 4019 } 4020 } 4021 4022 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id); 4023 } 4024 4025 /** 4026 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields. 4027 * 4028 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed 4029 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in 4030 */ 4031 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) { 4032 // Define the limits. 4033 $limit = array( 4034 'username' => 100, 4035 'idnumber' => 255, 4036 'firstname' => 100, 4037 'lastname' => 100, 4038 'email' => 100, 4039 'phone1' => 20, 4040 'phone2' => 20, 4041 'institution' => 255, 4042 'department' => 255, 4043 'address' => 255, 4044 'city' => 120, 4045 'country' => 2, 4046 ); 4047 4048 // Apply where needed. 4049 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) { 4050 if (!empty($limit[$key])) { 4051 $info[$key] = trim(core_text::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key])); 4052 } 4053 } 4054 4055 return $info; 4056 } 4057 4058 /** 4059 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin. 4060 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup. 4061 * 4062 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event. 4063 * 4064 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete 4065 * @return boolean success 4066 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected 4067 */ 4068 function delete_user(stdClass $user) { 4069 global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION; 4070 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/grouplib.php'); 4071 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php'); 4072 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/message/lib.php'); 4073 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php'); 4074 4075 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter. 4076 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) { 4077 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected'); 4078 } 4079 4080 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway. 4081 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id))) { 4082 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.'); 4083 return false; 4084 } 4085 4086 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only, 4087 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons. 4088 if ($user->username === 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) { 4089 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.'); 4090 return false; 4091 } 4092 4093 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only, 4094 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins. 4095 if ($user->auth === 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) { 4096 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.'); 4097 return false; 4098 } 4099 4100 // Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it. 4101 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) { 4102 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) { 4103 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) { 4104 $pluginfunction($user); 4105 } 4106 } 4107 } 4108 4109 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event. 4110 $olduser = clone $user; 4111 4112 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event. 4113 $usercontext = context_user::instance($user->id); 4114 4115 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table. 4116 grade_user_delete($user->id); 4117 4118 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here. 4119 4120 // Remove user tags. 4121 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id); 4122 4123 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses. 4124 enrol_user_delete($user); 4125 4126 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts. 4127 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup! 4128 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id)); 4129 4130 // Notify the competency subsystem. 4131 \core_competency\api::hook_user_deleted($user->id); 4132 4133 // Now do a brute force cleanup. 4134 4135 // Delete all user events and subscription events. 4136 $DB->delete_records_select('event', 'userid = :userid AND subscriptionid IS NOT NULL', ['userid' => $user->id]); 4137 4138 // Now, delete all calendar subscription from the user. 4139 $DB->delete_records('event_subscriptions', ['userid' => $user->id]); 4140 4141 // Remove from all cohorts. 4142 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4143 4144 // Remove from all groups. 4145 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4146 4147 // Brute force unenrol from all courses. 4148 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4149 4150 // Purge user preferences. 4151 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4152 4153 // Purge user extra profile info. 4154 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4155 4156 // Purge log of previous password hashes. 4157 $DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4158 4159 // Last course access not necessary either. 4160 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4161 // Remove all user tokens. 4162 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4163 4164 // Unauthorise the user for all services. 4165 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4166 4167 // Remove users private keys. 4168 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4169 4170 // Remove users customised pages. 4171 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id, 'private' => 1)); 4172 4173 // Remove user's oauth2 refresh tokens, if present. 4174 $DB->delete_records('oauth2_refresh_token', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4175 4176 // Delete user from $SESSION->bulk_users. 4177 if (isset($SESSION->bulk_users[$user->id])) { 4178 unset($SESSION->bulk_users[$user->id]); 4179 } 4180 4181 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry. 4182 \core\session\manager::kill_user_sessions($user->id); 4183 4184 // Generate username from email address, or a fake email. 4185 $delemail = !empty($user->email) ? $user->email : $user->username . '.' . $user->id . '@unknownemail.invalid'; 4186 4187 $deltime = time(); 4188 $deltimelength = core_text::strlen((string) $deltime); 4189 4190 // Max username length is 100 chars. Select up to limit - (length of current time + 1 [period character]) from users email. 4191 $delname = clean_param($delemail, PARAM_USERNAME); 4192 $delname = core_text::substr($delname, 0, 100 - ($deltimelength + 1)) . ".{$deltime}"; 4193 4194 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address. 4195 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here. 4196 $delname++; 4197 } 4198 4199 // Mark internal user record as "deleted". 4200 $updateuser = new stdClass(); 4201 $updateuser->id = $user->id; 4202 $updateuser->deleted = 1; 4203 $updateuser->username = $delname; // Remember it just in case. 4204 $updateuser->email = md5($user->username);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users. 4205 $updateuser->idnumber = ''; // Clear this field to free it up. 4206 $updateuser->picture = 0; 4207 $updateuser->timemodified = $deltime; 4208 4209 // Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted. 4210 user_update_user($updateuser, false, false); 4211 4212 // Delete all content associated with the user context, but not the context itself. 4213 $usercontext->delete_content(); 4214 4215 // Delete any search data. 4216 \core_search\manager::context_deleted($usercontext); 4217 4218 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event. 4219 // Trigger event. 4220 $event = \core\event\user_deleted::create( 4221 array( 4222 'objectid' => $user->id, 4223 'relateduserid' => $user->id, 4224 'context' => $usercontext, 4225 'other' => array( 4226 'username' => $user->username, 4227 'email' => $user->email, 4228 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber, 4229 'picture' => $user->picture, 4230 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid 4231 ) 4232 ) 4233 ); 4234 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser); 4235 $event->trigger(); 4236 4237 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which 4238 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table. 4239 $user->timemodified = $updateuser->timemodified; 4240 4241 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails. 4242 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 4243 $authplugin->user_delete($user); 4244 4245 return true; 4246 } 4247 4248 /** 4249 * Retrieve the guest user object. 4250 * 4251 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object 4252 */ 4253 function guest_user() { 4254 global $CFG, $DB; 4255 4256 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest))) { 4257 $newuser->confirmed = 1; 4258 $newuser->lang = get_newuser_language(); 4259 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr(); 4260 } 4261 4262 return $newuser; 4263 } 4264 4265 /** 4266 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism 4267 * 4268 * Given a username and password, this function looks them 4269 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism, 4270 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a 4271 * valid $user object from the 'user' table. 4272 * 4273 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module 4274 * 4275 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to 4276 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set 4277 * the session up. 4278 * 4279 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts! 4280 * 4281 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled) 4282 * @param string $password User's password 4283 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO 4284 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists) 4285 * @param mixed logintoken If this is set to a string it is validated against the login token for the session. 4286 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error 4287 */ 4288 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null, $logintoken=false) { 4289 global $CFG, $DB, $PAGE; 4290 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php"); 4291 4292 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) { 4293 // we have found the user 4294 4295 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail)) { 4296 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL)) { 4297 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0"; 4298 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'email' => $email); 4299 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2); 4300 if (count($users) === 1) { 4301 // Use email for login only if unique. 4302 $user = reset($users); 4303 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id); 4304 $username = $user->username; 4305 } 4306 unset($users); 4307 } 4308 } 4309 4310 // Make sure this request came from the login form. 4311 if (!\core\session\manager::validate_login_token($logintoken)) { 4312 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED; 4313 4314 // Trigger login failed event (specifying the ID of the found user, if available). 4315 \core\event\user_login_failed::create([ 4316 'userid' => ($user->id ?? 0), 4317 'other' => [ 4318 'username' => $username, 4319 'reason' => $failurereason, 4320 ], 4321 ])->trigger(); 4322 4323 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Invalid Login Token: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4324 return false; 4325 } 4326 4327 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); 4328 4329 if ($user) { 4330 // Use manual if auth not set. 4331 $auth = empty($user->auth) ? 'manual' : $user->auth; 4332 4333 if (in_array($user->auth, $authsenabled)) { 4334 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 4335 $authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user); 4336 } 4337 4338 if (!empty($user->suspended)) { 4339 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED; 4340 4341 // Trigger login failed event. 4342 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4343 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4344 $event->trigger(); 4345 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4346 return false; 4347 } 4348 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) { 4349 // Legacy way to suspend user. 4350 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED; 4351 4352 // Trigger login failed event. 4353 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4354 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4355 $event->trigger(); 4356 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4357 return false; 4358 } 4359 $auths = array($auth); 4360 4361 } else { 4362 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user(). 4363 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'deleted' => 1))) { 4364 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER; 4365 4366 // Trigger login failed event. 4367 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4368 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4369 $event->trigger(); 4370 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4371 return false; 4372 } 4373 4374 // User does not exist. 4375 $auths = $authsenabled; 4376 $user = new stdClass(); 4377 $user->id = 0; 4378 } 4379 4380 if ($ignorelockout) { 4381 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA 4382 // or this function is called from a SSO script. 4383 } else if ($user->id) { 4384 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login. 4385 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) { 4386 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT; 4387 4388 // Trigger login failed event. 4389 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4390 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4391 $event->trigger(); 4392 4393 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4394 return false; 4395 } 4396 } else { 4397 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts. 4398 } 4399 4400 foreach ($auths as $auth) { 4401 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth); 4402 4403 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin. 4404 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) { 4405 continue; 4406 } 4407 4408 // Before performing login actions, check if user still passes password policy, if admin setting is enabled. 4409 if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicycheckonlogin)) { 4410 $errmsg = ''; 4411 $passed = check_password_policy($password, $errmsg, $user); 4412 if (!$passed) { 4413 // First trigger event for failure. 4414 $failedevent = \core\event\user_password_policy_failed::create_from_user($user); 4415 $failedevent->trigger(); 4416 4417 // If able to change password, set flag and move on. 4418 if ($authplugin->can_change_password()) { 4419 // Check if we are on internal change password page, or service is external, don't show notification. 4420 $internalchangeurl = new moodle_url('/login/change_password.php'); 4421 if (!($PAGE->has_set_url() && $internalchangeurl->compare($PAGE->url)) && $authplugin->is_internal()) { 4422 \core\notification::error(get_string('passwordpolicynomatch', '', $errmsg)); 4423 } 4424 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user); 4425 } else if ($authplugin->can_reset_password()) { 4426 // Else force a reset if possible. 4427 \core\notification::error(get_string('forcepasswordresetnotice', '', $errmsg)); 4428 redirect(new moodle_url('/login/forgot_password.php')); 4429 } else { 4430 $notifymsg = get_string('forcepasswordresetfailurenotice', '', $errmsg); 4431 // If support page is set, add link for help. 4432 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) { 4433 $link = \html_writer::link($CFG->supportpage, $CFG->supportpage); 4434 $link = \html_writer::tag('p', $link); 4435 $notifymsg .= $link; 4436 } 4437 4438 // If no change or reset is possible, add a notification for user. 4439 \core\notification::error($notifymsg); 4440 } 4441 } 4442 } 4443 4444 // Successful authentication. 4445 if ($user->id) { 4446 // User already exists in database. 4447 if (empty($user->auth)) { 4448 // For some reason auth isn't set yet. 4449 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id)); 4450 $user->auth = $auth; 4451 } 4452 4453 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to 4454 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password. 4455 update_internal_user_password($user, $password); 4456 4457 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) { 4458 // Update user record from external DB. 4459 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id); 4460 } 4461 } else { 4462 // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled. 4463 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation)) { 4464 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED; 4465 4466 // Trigger login failed event. 4467 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4468 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4469 $event->trigger(); 4470 4471 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ". 4472 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4473 return false; 4474 } else { 4475 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth); 4476 } 4477 } 4478 4479 $authplugin->sync_roles($user); 4480 4481 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) { 4482 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau); 4483 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password); 4484 } 4485 4486 if (empty($user->id)) { 4487 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER; 4488 // Trigger login failed event. 4489 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4490 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4491 $event->trigger(); 4492 return false; 4493 } 4494 4495 if (!empty($user->suspended)) { 4496 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account. 4497 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED; 4498 // Trigger login failed event. 4499 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4500 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4501 $event->trigger(); 4502 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4503 return false; 4504 } 4505 4506 login_attempt_valid($user); 4507 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK; 4508 return $user; 4509 } 4510 4511 // Failed if all the plugins have failed. 4512 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL)) { 4513 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4514 } 4515 4516 if ($user->id) { 4517 login_attempt_failed($user); 4518 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED; 4519 // Trigger login failed event. 4520 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4521 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4522 $event->trigger(); 4523 } else { 4524 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER; 4525 // Trigger login failed event. 4526 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4527 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4528 $event->trigger(); 4529 } 4530 4531 return false; 4532 } 4533 4534 /** 4535 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login() 4536 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits 4537 * and pieces. 4538 * 4539 * NOTE: 4540 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log. 4541 * - this function does not set any cookies any more! 4542 * 4543 * @param stdClass $user 4544 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use 4545 */ 4546 function complete_user_login($user) { 4547 global $CFG, $DB, $USER, $SESSION; 4548 4549 \core\session\manager::login_user($user); 4550 4551 // Reload preferences from DB. 4552 unset($USER->preference); 4553 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER); 4554 4555 // Update login times. 4556 update_user_login_times(); 4557 4558 // Extra session prefs init. 4559 set_login_session_preferences(); 4560 4561 // Trigger login event. 4562 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin::create( 4563 array( 4564 'userid' => $USER->id, 4565 'objectid' => $USER->id, 4566 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username), 4567 ) 4568 ); 4569 $event->trigger(); 4570 4571 // Queue migrating the messaging data, if we need to. 4572 if (!get_user_preferences('core_message_migrate_data', false, $USER->id)) { 4573 // Check if there are any legacy messages to migrate. 4574 if (\core_message\helper::legacy_messages_exist($USER->id)) { 4575 \core_message\task\migrate_message_data::queue_task($USER->id); 4576 } else { 4577 set_user_preference('core_message_migrate_data', true, $USER->id); 4578 } 4579 } 4580 4581 if (isguestuser()) { 4582 // No need to continue when user is THE guest. 4583 return $USER; 4584 } 4585 4586 if (CLI_SCRIPT) { 4587 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser. 4588 return $USER; 4589 } 4590 4591 // Select password change url. 4592 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth); 4593 4594 // Check whether the user should be changing password. 4595 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) { 4596 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) { 4597 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) { 4598 redirect($changeurl); 4599 } else { 4600 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/login/lib.php'); 4601 $SESSION->wantsurl = core_login_get_return_url(); 4602 redirect($CFG->wwwroot.'/login/change_password.php'); 4603 } 4604 } else { 4605 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth'); 4606 } 4607 } 4608 return $USER; 4609 } 4610 4611 /** 4612 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5). 4613 * 4614 * @param string $password String to check. 4615 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum. 4616 */ 4617 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) { 4618 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password); 4619 } 4620 4621 /** 4622 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid. 4623 * 4624 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format. 4625 * 4626 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated). 4627 * @param string $password Plain text password. 4628 * @return bool True if password is valid. 4629 */ 4630 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) { 4631 global $CFG; 4632 4633 if ($user->password === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) { 4634 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate. 4635 return false; 4636 } 4637 4638 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function. 4639 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password)) { 4640 return password_verify($password, $user->password); 4641 } 4642 4643 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash 4644 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm. 4645 4646 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain) ? $CFG->passwordsaltmain : ''; 4647 $validated = false; 4648 4649 if ($user->password === md5($password.$sitesalt) 4650 or $user->password === md5($password) 4651 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt) 4652 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password))) { 4653 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we 4654 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes. 4655 $validated = true; 4656 4657 } else { 4658 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right? 4659 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i; 4660 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) { 4661 if ($user->password === md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) { 4662 $validated = true; 4663 break; 4664 } 4665 } 4666 } 4667 } 4668 4669 if ($validated) { 4670 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the 4671 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password. 4672 update_internal_user_password($user, $password); 4673 } 4674 4675 return $validated; 4676 } 4677 4678 /** 4679 * Calculate hash for a plain text password. 4680 * 4681 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed. 4682 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash 4683 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash 4684 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to 4685 * be generated quickly. 4686 * @return string The hashed password. 4687 * 4688 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash. 4689 */ 4690 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) { 4691 global $CFG; 4692 4693 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost. 4694 $options = ($fasthash) ? array('cost' => 4) : array(); 4695 4696 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT, $options); 4697 4698 if ($generatedhash === false || $generatedhash === null) { 4699 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.'); 4700 } 4701 4702 return $generatedhash; 4703 } 4704 4705 /** 4706 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary). 4707 * 4708 * The password is updated if: 4709 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different 4710 * to the hash of $password). 4711 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy 4712 * md5 algorithm). 4713 * 4714 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database 4715 * record to use the current hashing algorithm. 4716 * It will remove Web Services user tokens too. 4717 * 4718 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated). 4719 * @param string $password Plain text password. 4720 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash 4721 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash 4722 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to 4723 * be generated quickly. 4724 * @return bool Always returns true. 4725 */ 4726 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) { 4727 global $CFG, $DB; 4728 4729 // Figure out what the hashed password should be. 4730 if (!isset($user->auth)) { 4731 debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth', 4732 DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 4733 $user->auth = $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id)); 4734 } 4735 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 4736 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) { 4737 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED; 4738 } else { 4739 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash); 4740 } 4741 4742 $algorithmchanged = false; 4743 4744 if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) { 4745 // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED. 4746 $passwordchanged = ($user->password !== $hashedpassword); 4747 4748 } else if (isset($user->password)) { 4749 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed. 4750 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password); 4751 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT); 4752 } else { 4753 // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid 4754 // saving it with user_create() 4755 $passwordchanged = true; 4756 } 4757 4758 if ($passwordchanged || $algorithmchanged) { 4759 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id)); 4760 $user->password = $hashedpassword; 4761 4762 // Trigger event. 4763 $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id)); 4764 \core\event\user_password_updated::create_from_user($user)->trigger(); 4765 4766 // Remove WS user tokens. 4767 if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion)) { 4768 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/lib.php'); 4769 webservice::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id); 4770 } 4771 } 4772 4773 return true; 4774 } 4775 4776 /** 4777 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record. 4778 * 4779 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable 4780 * 4781 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value. 4782 * @param string $value The value to match for $field. 4783 * @param int $mnethostid 4784 * @param bool $throwexception If true, it will throw an exception when there's no record found or when there are multiple records 4785 * found. Otherwise, it will just return false. 4786 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object. 4787 */ 4788 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null, $throwexception = false) { 4789 global $CFG, $DB; 4790 4791 if (!$field || !$value) { 4792 return false; 4793 } 4794 4795 // Change the field to lowercase. 4796 $field = core_text::strtolower($field); 4797 4798 // List of case insensitive fields. 4799 $caseinsensitivefields = ['email']; 4800 4801 // Username input is forced to lowercase and should be case sensitive. 4802 if ($field == 'username') { 4803 $value = core_text::strtolower($value); 4804 } 4805 4806 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query. 4807 $params = array('fieldval' => $value); 4808 4809 // Do a case-insensitive query, if necessary. These are generally very expensive. The performance can be improved on some DBs 4810 // such as MySQL by pre-filtering users with accent-insensitive subselect. 4811 if (in_array($field, $caseinsensitivefields)) { 4812 $fieldselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval', false); 4813 $idsubselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval2', false, false); 4814 $params['fieldval2'] = $value; 4815 } else { 4816 $fieldselect = "$field = :fieldval"; 4817 $idsubselect = ''; 4818 } 4819 $constraints = "$fieldselect AND deleted <> 1"; 4820 4821 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id, 4822 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host. 4823 if ($field != 'id') { 4824 if (empty($mnethostid)) { 4825 // If empty, we restrict to local users. 4826 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id; 4827 } 4828 } 4829 if (!empty($mnethostid)) { 4830 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid; 4831 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid"; 4832 } 4833 4834 if ($idsubselect) { 4835 $constraints .= " AND id IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE {$idsubselect})"; 4836 } 4837 4838 // Get all the basic user data. 4839 try { 4840 // Make sure that there's only a single record that matches our query. 4841 // For example, when fetching by email, multiple records might match the query as there's no guarantee that email addresses 4842 // are unique. Therefore we can't reliably tell whether the user profile data that we're fetching is the correct one. 4843 $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params, '*', MUST_EXIST); 4844 } catch (dml_exception $exception) { 4845 if ($throwexception) { 4846 throw $exception; 4847 } else { 4848 // Return false when no records or multiple records were found. 4849 return false; 4850 } 4851 } 4852 4853 // Get various settings and preferences. 4854 4855 // Preload preference cache. 4856 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 4857 4858 // Load course enrolment related stuff. 4859 $user->lastcourseaccess = array(); // During last session. 4860 $user->currentcourseaccess = array(); // During current session. 4861 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id))) { 4862 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) { 4863 $user->lastcourseaccess[$lastaccess->courseid] = $lastaccess->timeaccess; 4864 } 4865 } 4866 4867 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid 4868 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm 4869 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?"; 4870 4871 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display. 4872 $user->groupmember = array(); 4873 if (!isguestuser($user)) { 4874 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id))) { 4875 foreach ($groups as $group) { 4876 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid, $user->groupmember)) { 4877 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid] = array(); 4878 } 4879 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid][$group->id] = $group->id; 4880 } 4881 } 4882 } 4883 4884 // Add cohort theme. 4885 if (!empty($CFG->allowcohortthemes)) { 4886 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/cohort/lib.php'); 4887 if ($cohorttheme = cohort_get_user_cohort_theme($user->id)) { 4888 $user->cohorttheme = $cohorttheme; 4889 } 4890 } 4891 4892 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record. 4893 $user->profile = array(); 4894 if (!isguestuser($user)) { 4895 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php'); 4896 profile_load_custom_fields($user); 4897 } 4898 4899 // Rewrite some variables if necessary. 4900 if (!empty($user->description)) { 4901 // No need to cart all of it around. 4902 $user->description = true; 4903 } 4904 if (isguestuser($user)) { 4905 // Guest language always same as site. 4906 $user->lang = get_newuser_language(); 4907 // Name always in current language. 4908 $user->firstname = get_string('guestuser'); 4909 $user->lastname = ' '; 4910 } 4911 4912 return $user; 4913 } 4914 4915 /** 4916 * Validate a password against the configured password policy 4917 * 4918 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy 4919 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy. 4920 * @param stdClass $user the user object to perform password validation against. Defaults to null if not provided. 4921 * 4922 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise. 4923 */ 4924 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg, $user = null) { 4925 global $CFG; 4926 4927 if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) { 4928 $errmsg = ''; 4929 if (core_text::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength) { 4930 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength) .'</div>'; 4931 } 4932 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits) { 4933 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits) .'</div>'; 4934 } 4935 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower) { 4936 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower) .'</div>'; 4937 } 4938 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper) { 4939 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper) .'</div>'; 4940 } 4941 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) { 4942 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) .'</div>'; 4943 } 4944 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars)) { 4945 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars) .'</div>'; 4946 } 4947 4948 // Fire any additional password policy functions from plugins. 4949 // Plugin functions should output an error message string or empty string for success. 4950 $pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('check_password_policy'); 4951 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) { 4952 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) { 4953 $pluginerr = $pluginfunction($password, $user); 4954 if ($pluginerr) { 4955 $errmsg .= '<div>'. $pluginerr .'</div>'; 4956 } 4957 } 4958 } 4959 } 4960 4961 if ($errmsg == '') { 4962 return true; 4963 } else { 4964 return false; 4965 } 4966 } 4967 4968 4969 /** 4970 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION. 4971 */ 4972 function set_login_session_preferences() { 4973 global $SESSION; 4974 4975 $SESSION->justloggedin = true; 4976 4977 unset($SESSION->lang); 4978 unset($SESSION->forcelang); 4979 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin); 4980 } 4981 4982 4983 /** 4984 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files. 4985 * 4986 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete. 4987 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs. 4988 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this 4989 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others 4990 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which. 4991 */ 4992 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) { 4993 global $DB; 4994 4995 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 4996 $courseid = $courseorid->id; 4997 $course = $courseorid; 4998 } else { 4999 $courseid = $courseorid; 5000 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) { 5001 return false; 5002 } 5003 } 5004 $context = context_course::instance($courseid); 5005 5006 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!! 5007 if ($courseid == SITEID) { 5008 return false; 5009 } 5010 5011 // Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it. 5012 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) { 5013 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) { 5014 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) { 5015 $pluginfunction($course); 5016 } 5017 } 5018 } 5019 5020 // Tell the search manager we are about to delete a course. This prevents us sending updates 5021 // for each individual context being deleted. 5022 \core_search\manager::course_deleting_start($courseid); 5023 5024 $handler = core_course\customfield\course_handler::create(); 5025 $handler->delete_instance($courseid); 5026 5027 // Make the course completely empty. 5028 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback); 5029 5030 // Delete the course and related context instance. 5031 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $courseid); 5032 5033 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid)); 5034 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid)); 5035 5036 // Reset all course related caches here. 5037 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) { 5038 format_base::reset_course_cache($courseid); 5039 } 5040 5041 // Tell search that we have deleted the course so it can delete course data from the index. 5042 \core_search\manager::course_deleting_finish($courseid); 5043 5044 // Trigger a course deleted event. 5045 $event = \core\event\course_deleted::create(array( 5046 'objectid' => $course->id, 5047 'context' => $context, 5048 'other' => array( 5049 'shortname' => $course->shortname, 5050 'fullname' => $course->fullname, 5051 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber 5052 ) 5053 )); 5054 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course); 5055 $event->trigger(); 5056 5057 return true; 5058 } 5059 5060 /** 5061 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself. 5062 * 5063 * This function does not verify any permissions. 5064 * 5065 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments, 5066 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default. 5067 * 5068 * $options: 5069 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default 5070 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default 5071 * 5072 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted 5073 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs. 5074 * @param array $options extra options 5075 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this 5076 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others 5077 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which. 5078 */ 5079 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) { 5080 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT; 5081 5082 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/badgeslib.php'); 5083 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php'); 5084 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php'); 5085 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php'); 5086 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php'); 5087 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php'); 5088 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/rating/lib.php'); 5089 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php'); 5090 5091 // Handle course badges. 5092 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid); 5093 5094 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info... 5095 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - '; 5096 5097 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content. 5098 $options = (array)$options; 5099 5100 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST); 5101 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($courseid); 5102 $fs = get_file_storage(); 5103 5104 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols. 5105 $cc = new completion_info($course); 5106 $cc->clear_criteria(); 5107 if ($showfeedback) { 5108 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess'); 5109 } 5110 5111 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules 5112 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference 5113 // the course modules that own the grades. 5114 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback); 5115 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback); 5116 5117 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts, 5118 // they may depend on modules so delete them first. 5119 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2. 5120 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) { 5121 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id); 5122 } 5123 unset($childcontexts); 5124 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id); 5125 if ($showfeedback) { 5126 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5127 } 5128 5129 $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'deletioninprogress', '1', ['course' => $courseid]); 5130 rebuild_course_cache($courseid, true); 5131 5132 // Get the list of all modules that are properly installed. 5133 $allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id'); 5134 5135 // Delete every instance of every module, 5136 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff. 5137 $locations = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod'); 5138 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) { 5139 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') { 5140 continue; 5141 } 5142 if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) { 5143 $sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname 5144 FROM {".$modname."} m 5145 LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid 5146 WHERE m.course = :courseid"; 5147 $instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id, 5148 'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname])); 5149 5150 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective. 5151 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance. 5152 5153 if ($instances) { 5154 foreach ($instances as $cm) { 5155 if ($cm->id) { 5156 // Delete activity context questions and question categories. 5157 question_delete_activity($cm); 5158 // Notify the competency subsystem. 5159 \core_competency\api::hook_course_module_deleted($cm); 5160 5161 // Delete all tag instances associated with the instance of this module. 5162 core_tag_tag::delete_instances("mod_{$modname}", null, context_module::instance($cm->id)->id); 5163 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course_modules', $cm->id); 5164 } 5165 if (function_exists($moddelete)) { 5166 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc. 5167 $moddelete($cm->modinstance); 5168 } else { 5169 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support! 5170 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!"); 5171 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance)); 5172 } 5173 5174 if ($cm->id) { 5175 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition. 5176 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id); 5177 $DB->delete_records('course_modules_completion', ['coursemoduleid' => $cm->id]); 5178 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id)); 5179 rebuild_course_cache($cm->course, true); 5180 } 5181 } 5182 } 5183 if ($instances and $showfeedback) { 5184 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess'); 5185 } 5186 } else { 5187 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block. 5188 } 5189 } 5190 5191 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data. 5192 5193 // Delete completion defaults. 5194 $DB->delete_records("course_completion_defaults", array("course" => $courseid)); 5195 5196 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated 5197 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the 5198 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously. 5199 $DB->delete_records_subquery('course_modules_completion', 'coursemoduleid', 'id', 5200 'SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course = ?', [$courseid]); 5201 5202 // Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks. 5203 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id)); 5204 $allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules); 5205 foreach ($cms as $cm) { 5206 if (array_key_exists($cm->module, $allmodulesbyid)) { 5207 try { 5208 $DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module], array('id' => $cm->instance)); 5209 } catch (Exception $e) { 5210 // Ignore weird or missing table problems. 5211 } 5212 } 5213 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id); 5214 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id)); 5215 rebuild_course_cache($cm->course, true); 5216 } 5217 5218 if ($showfeedback) { 5219 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5220 } 5221 5222 // Delete questions and question categories. 5223 question_delete_course($course); 5224 if ($showfeedback) { 5225 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess'); 5226 } 5227 5228 // Delete content bank contents. 5229 $cb = new \core_contentbank\contentbank(); 5230 $cbdeleted = $cb->delete_contents($coursecontext); 5231 if ($showfeedback && $cbdeleted) { 5232 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('contentbank', 'contentbank'), 'notifysuccess'); 5233 } 5234 5235 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone. 5236 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2. 5237 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) { 5238 $childcontext->delete(); 5239 } 5240 unset($childcontexts); 5241 5242 // Remove roles and enrolments by default. 5243 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) { 5244 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course. 5245 // During restore, we should remove only enrolment related data that the user performing the restore has a 5246 // permission to remove. 5247 $userid = $options['userid'] ?? null; 5248 enrol_course_delete($course, $userid); 5249 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id, 'component' => ''), true); 5250 if ($showfeedback) { 5251 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first. 5256 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) { 5257 groups_delete_groupings($course->id, $showfeedback); 5258 groups_delete_groups($course->id, $showfeedback); 5259 } 5260 5261 // Filters be gone! 5262 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id); 5263 5264 // Notes, you shall not pass! 5265 note_delete_all($course->id); 5266 5267 // Die comments! 5268 comment::delete_comments($coursecontext->id); 5269 5270 // Ratings are history too. 5271 $delopt = new stdclass(); 5272 $delopt->contextid = $coursecontext->id; 5273 $rm = new rating_manager(); 5274 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt); 5275 5276 // Delete course tags. 5277 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id); 5278 5279 // Notify the competency subsystem. 5280 \core_competency\api::hook_course_deleted($course); 5281 5282 // Delete calendar events. 5283 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id)); 5284 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'calendar'); 5285 5286 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid 5287 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as 5288 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id. 5289 $tablestoclear = array( 5290 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff. 5291 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info. 5292 ); 5293 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) { 5294 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id)); 5295 } 5296 5297 // Delete all course backup files. 5298 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'backup'); 5299 5300 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff. 5301 $oldcourse = new stdClass(); 5302 $oldcourse->id = $course->id; 5303 $oldcourse->summary = ''; 5304 $oldcourse->cacherev = 0; 5305 $oldcourse->legacyfiles = 0; 5306 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) { 5307 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid = 0; 5308 } 5309 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse); 5310 5311 // Delete course sections. 5312 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id)); 5313 5314 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files. 5315 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'course'); // Files from summary and section. 5316 5317 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc. 5318 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) { 5319 // Easy, do not delete the context itself... 5320 $coursecontext->delete_content(); 5321 } else { 5322 // Hack alert!!!! 5323 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles, 5324 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins... 5325 } 5326 5327 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api, 5328 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there. 5329 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot.'/'.$course->id); 5330 5331 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion. 5332 course_modinfo::purge_course_cache($courseid); 5333 5334 // Trigger a course content deleted event. 5335 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted::create(array( 5336 'objectid' => $course->id, 5337 'context' => $coursecontext, 5338 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname, 5339 'fullname' => $course->fullname, 5340 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons. 5341 )); 5342 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course); 5343 $event->trigger(); 5344 5345 return true; 5346 } 5347 5348 /** 5349 * Change dates in module - used from course reset. 5350 * 5351 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc 5352 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table 5353 * @param int $timeshift time difference 5354 * @param int $courseid 5355 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated. 5356 * @return bool success 5357 */ 5358 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) { 5359 global $CFG, $DB; 5360 include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php'); 5361 5362 $return = true; 5363 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid); 5364 foreach ($fields as $field) { 5365 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."} 5366 SET $field = $field + ? 5367 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0"; 5368 if ($modid) { 5369 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?'; 5370 $params[] = $modid; 5371 } 5372 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return; 5373 } 5374 5375 return $return; 5376 } 5377 5378 /** 5379 * This function will empty a course of user data. 5380 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course. 5381 * 5382 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes) 5383 * @return array status array of array component, item, error 5384 */ 5385 function reset_course_userdata($data) { 5386 global $CFG, $DB; 5387 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php'); 5388 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php'); 5389 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/completion/criteria/completion_criteria_date.php'); 5390 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php'); 5391 5392 $data->courseid = $data->id; 5393 $context = context_course::instance($data->courseid); 5394 5395 $eventparams = array( 5396 'context' => $context, 5397 'courseid' => $data->id, 5398 'other' => array( 5399 'reset_options' => (array) $data 5400 ) 5401 ); 5402 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started::create($eventparams); 5403 $event->trigger(); 5404 5405 // Calculate the time shift of dates. 5406 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date)) { 5407 // Time part of course startdate should be zero. 5408 $data->timeshift = $data->reset_start_date - usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old); 5409 } else { 5410 $data->timeshift = 0; 5411 } 5412 5413 // Result array: component, item, error. 5414 $status = array(); 5415 5416 // Start the resetting. 5417 $componentstr = get_string('general'); 5418 5419 // Move the course start time. 5420 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date) and $data->timeshift) { 5421 // Change course start data. 5422 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date, array('id' => $data->courseid)); 5423 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events. 5424 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event} 5425 SET timestart = timestart + ? 5426 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0"; 5427 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift, $data->courseid)); 5428 5429 // Update any date activity restrictions. 5430 if ($CFG->enableavailability) { 5431 \availability_date\condition::update_all_dates($data->courseid, $data->timeshift); 5432 } 5433 5434 // Update completion expected dates. 5435 if ($CFG->enablecompletion) { 5436 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($data->courseid); 5437 $changed = false; 5438 foreach ($modinfo->get_cms() as $cm) { 5439 if ($cm->completion && !empty($cm->completionexpected)) { 5440 $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'completionexpected', $cm->completionexpected + $data->timeshift, 5441 array('id' => $cm->id)); 5442 $changed = true; 5443 } 5444 } 5445 5446 // Clear course cache if changes made. 5447 if ($changed) { 5448 rebuild_course_cache($data->courseid, true); 5449 } 5450 5451 // Update course date completion criteria. 5452 \completion_criteria_date::update_date($data->courseid, $data->timeshift); 5453 } 5454 5455 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false); 5456 } 5457 5458 if (!empty($data->reset_end_date)) { 5459 // If the user set a end date value respect it. 5460 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date, array('id' => $data->courseid)); 5461 } else if ($data->timeshift > 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old) { 5462 // If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well. 5463 $enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old + $data->timeshift; 5464 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid)); 5465 } 5466 5467 if (!empty($data->reset_events)) { 5468 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid)); 5469 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false); 5470 } 5471 5472 if (!empty($data->reset_notes)) { 5473 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php'); 5474 note_delete_all($data->courseid); 5475 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false); 5476 } 5477 5478 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations)) { 5479 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/blog/lib.php'); 5480 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid); 5481 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false); 5482 } 5483 5484 if (!empty($data->reset_completion)) { 5485 // Delete course and activity completion information. 5486 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid)); 5487 $cc = new completion_info($course); 5488 $cc->delete_all_completion_data(); 5489 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 5490 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false); 5491 } 5492 5493 if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings)) { 5494 \core_competency\api::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid); 5495 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 5496 'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false); 5497 } 5498 5499 $componentstr = get_string('roles'); 5500 5501 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides)) { 5502 $children = $context->get_child_contexts(); 5503 foreach ($children as $child) { 5504 $child->delete_capabilities(); 5505 } 5506 $context->delete_capabilities(); 5507 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false); 5508 } 5509 5510 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local)) { 5511 $children = $context->get_child_contexts(); 5512 foreach ($children as $child) { 5513 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id)); 5514 } 5515 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false); 5516 } 5517 5518 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc. 5519 $data->unenrolled = array(); 5520 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users)) { 5521 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true); 5522 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid, true); 5523 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) { 5524 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol])) { 5525 unset($instances[$key]); 5526 continue; 5527 } 5528 } 5529 5530 $usersroles = enrol_get_course_users_roles($data->courseid); 5531 foreach ($data->unenrol_users as $withroleid) { 5532 if ($withroleid) { 5533 $sql = "SELECT ue.* 5534 FROM {user_enrolments} ue 5535 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid) 5536 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid) 5537 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)"; 5538 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE); 5539 5540 } else { 5541 // Without any role assigned at course context. 5542 $sql = "SELECT ue.* 5543 FROM {user_enrolments} ue 5544 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid) 5545 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid) 5546 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid) 5547 WHERE ra.id IS null"; 5548 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE); 5549 } 5550 5551 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params); 5552 foreach ($rs as $ue) { 5553 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid])) { 5554 continue; 5555 } 5556 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid]; 5557 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol]; 5558 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) { 5559 continue; 5560 } 5561 5562 if ($withroleid && count($usersroles[$ue->userid]) > 1) { 5563 // If we don't remove all roles and user has more than one role, just remove this role. 5564 role_unassign($withroleid, $ue->userid, $context->id); 5565 5566 unset($usersroles[$ue->userid][$withroleid]); 5567 } else { 5568 // If we remove all roles or user has only one role, unenrol user from course. 5569 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid); 5570 } 5571 $data->unenrolled[$ue->userid] = $ue->userid; 5572 } 5573 $rs->close(); 5574 } 5575 } 5576 if (!empty($data->unenrolled)) { 5577 $status[] = array( 5578 'component' => $componentstr, 5579 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled).')', 5580 'error' => false 5581 ); 5582 } 5583 5584 $componentstr = get_string('groups'); 5585 5586 // Remove all group members. 5587 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members)) { 5588 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid); 5589 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5590 } 5591 5592 // Remove all groups. 5593 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove)) { 5594 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid, false); 5595 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5596 } 5597 5598 // Remove all grouping members. 5599 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members)) { 5600 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid, false); 5601 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5602 } 5603 5604 // Remove all groupings. 5605 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove)) { 5606 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid, false); 5607 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5608 } 5609 5610 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete. 5611 $unsupportedmods = array(); 5612 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) { 5613 foreach ($allmods as $mod) { 5614 $modname = $mod->name; 5615 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php'; 5616 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data. 5617 if (file_exists($modfile)) { 5618 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid))) { 5619 continue; // Skip mods with no instances. 5620 } 5621 include_once($modfile); 5622 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) { 5623 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data); 5624 if (is_array($modstatus)) { 5625 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus); 5626 } else { 5627 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!'); 5628 } 5629 } else { 5630 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod; 5631 } 5632 } else { 5633 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!'); 5634 } 5635 // Update calendar events for all modules. 5636 course_module_bulk_update_calendar_events($modname, $data->courseid); 5637 } 5638 } 5639 5640 // Mention unsupported mods. 5641 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) { 5642 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) { 5643 $status[] = array( 5644 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name), 5645 'item' => '', 5646 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented') 5647 ); 5648 } 5649 } 5650 5651 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades'); 5652 // Reset gradebook,. 5653 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items)) { 5654 remove_course_grades($data->courseid, false); 5655 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid); 5656 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid); 5657 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false); 5658 5659 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades)) { 5660 grade_course_reset($data->courseid); 5661 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false); 5662 } 5663 // Reset comments. 5664 if (!empty($data->reset_comments)) { 5665 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php'); 5666 comment::reset_course_page_comments($context); 5667 } 5668 5669 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended::create($eventparams); 5670 $event->trigger(); 5671 5672 return $status; 5673 } 5674 5675 /** 5676 * Generate an email processing address. 5677 * 5678 * @param int $modid 5679 * @param string $modargs 5680 * @return string Returns email processing address 5681 */ 5682 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) { 5683 global $CFG; 5684 5685 $header = $CFG->mailprefix . substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs; 5686 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain; 5687 } 5688 5689 /** 5690 * ? 5691 * 5692 * @todo Finish documenting this function 5693 * 5694 * @param string $modargs 5695 * @param string $body Currently unused 5696 */ 5697 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) { 5698 global $DB; 5699 5700 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action. 5701 switch ($modargs[0]) { 5702 case 'B': { // Bounce. 5703 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8))); 5704 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) { 5705 // Check the half md5 of their email. 5706 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16); 5707 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) { 5708 set_bounce_count($user); 5709 } 5710 // Else maybe they've already changed it? 5711 } 5712 } 5713 break; 5714 // Maybe more later? 5715 } 5716 } 5717 5718 // CORRESPONDENCE. 5719 5720 /** 5721 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering. 5722 * 5723 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush' 5724 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing 5725 */ 5726 function get_mailer($action='get') { 5727 global $CFG; 5728 5729 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */ 5730 static $mailer = null; 5731 static $counter = 0; 5732 5733 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) { 5734 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk = 1; 5735 } 5736 5737 if ($action == 'get') { 5738 $prevkeepalive = false; 5739 5740 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5741 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk and !$mailer->isError()) { 5742 $counter++; 5743 // Reset the mailer. 5744 $mailer->Priority = 3; 5745 $mailer->CharSet = 'UTF-8'; // Our default. 5746 $mailer->ContentType = "text/plain"; 5747 $mailer->Encoding = "8bit"; 5748 $mailer->From = "root@localhost"; 5749 $mailer->FromName = "Root User"; 5750 $mailer->Sender = ""; 5751 $mailer->Subject = ""; 5752 $mailer->Body = ""; 5753 $mailer->AltBody = ""; 5754 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo = ""; 5755 5756 $mailer->clearAllRecipients(); 5757 $mailer->clearReplyTos(); 5758 $mailer->clearAttachments(); 5759 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders(); 5760 return $mailer; 5761 } 5762 5763 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive; 5764 get_mailer('flush'); 5765 } 5766 5767 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php'); 5768 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer(); 5769 5770 $counter = 1; 5771 5772 if ($CFG->smtphosts == 'qmail') { 5773 // Use Qmail system. 5774 $mailer->isQmail(); 5775 5776 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts)) { 5777 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail. 5778 $mailer->isMail(); 5779 5780 } else { 5781 // Use SMTP directly. 5782 $mailer->isSMTP(); 5783 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp) && (!empty($CFG->debugdeveloper))) { 5784 $mailer->SMTPDebug = 3; 5785 } 5786 // Specify main and backup servers. 5787 $mailer->Host = $CFG->smtphosts; 5788 // Specify secure connection protocol. 5789 $mailer->SMTPSecure = $CFG->smtpsecure; 5790 // Use previous keepalive. 5791 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = $prevkeepalive; 5792 5793 if ($CFG->smtpuser) { 5794 // Use SMTP authentication. 5795 $mailer->SMTPAuth = true; 5796 $mailer->Username = $CFG->smtpuser; 5797 $mailer->Password = $CFG->smtppass; 5798 } 5799 } 5800 5801 return $mailer; 5802 } 5803 5804 $nothing = null; 5805 5806 // Keep smtp session open after sending. 5807 if ($action == 'buffer') { 5808 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) { 5809 get_mailer('flush'); 5810 $m = get_mailer(); 5811 if ($m->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5812 $m->SMTPKeepAlive = true; 5813 } 5814 } 5815 return $nothing; 5816 } 5817 5818 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering. 5819 if ($action == 'flush') { 5820 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5821 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) { 5822 echo '<pre>'."\n"; 5823 } 5824 $mailer->SmtpClose(); 5825 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) { 5826 echo '</pre>'; 5827 } 5828 } 5829 return $nothing; 5830 } 5831 5832 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore. 5833 if ($action == 'close') { 5834 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5835 get_mailer('flush'); 5836 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = false; 5837 } 5838 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance. 5839 return $nothing; 5840 } 5841 } 5842 5843 /** 5844 * A helper function to test for email diversion 5845 * 5846 * @param string $email 5847 * @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted 5848 */ 5849 function email_should_be_diverted($email) { 5850 global $CFG; 5851 5852 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto)) { 5853 return false; 5854 } 5855 5856 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept)) { 5857 return true; 5858 } 5859 5860 $patterns = array_map('trim', preg_split("/[\s,]+/", $CFG->divertallemailsexcept, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY)); 5861 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) { 5862 if (preg_match("/$pattern/", $email)) { 5863 return false; 5864 } 5865 } 5866 5867 return true; 5868 } 5869 5870 /** 5871 * Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path 5872 * 5873 * @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix. 5874 * @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers. 5875 */ 5876 function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) { 5877 global $CFG; 5878 5879 $urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot); 5880 $base = '@' . $urlinfo['host']; 5881 5882 // If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them 5883 // apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means 5884 // that the id local part should never contain a / character so 5885 // we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot. 5886 if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) { 5887 $base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base; 5888 } 5889 5890 if (empty($localpart)) { 5891 $localpart = uniqid('', true); 5892 } 5893 5894 // Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part 5895 // of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart. 5896 $localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart); 5897 5898 return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>'; 5899 } 5900 5901 /** 5902 * Send an email to a specified user 5903 * 5904 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 5905 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object 5906 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email 5907 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message 5908 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional) 5909 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in one of 5910 * the following directories: $CFG->cachedir, $CFG->dataroot, $CFG->dirroot, $CFG->localcachedir, $CFG->tempdir 5911 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME) 5912 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should 5913 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay 5914 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to 5915 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient 5916 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79 5917 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 5918 */ 5919 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '', 5920 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) { 5921 5922 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE; 5923 5924 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id)) { 5925 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 5926 return false; 5927 } 5928 5929 if (empty($user->email)) { 5930 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 5931 return false; 5932 } 5933 5934 if (!empty($user->deleted)) { 5935 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 5936 return false; 5937 } 5938 5939 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) { 5940 // Fake email sending in behat. 5941 return true; 5942 } 5943 5944 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever)) { 5945 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed. 5946 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL); 5947 return true; 5948 } 5949 5950 if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email)) { 5951 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject"; 5952 $user = clone($user); 5953 $user->email = $CFG->divertallemailsto; 5954 } 5955 5956 // Skip mail to suspended users. 5957 if ((isset($user->auth) && $user->auth=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended) && $user->suspended)) { 5958 return true; 5959 } 5960 5961 if (!validate_email($user->email)) { 5962 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer. 5963 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending."); 5964 return false; 5965 } 5966 5967 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) { 5968 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending."); 5969 return false; 5970 } 5971 5972 // TLD .invalid is specifically reserved for invalid domain names. 5973 // For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}. 5974 if (substr($user->email, -8) == '.invalid') { 5975 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending."); 5976 return true; // This is not an error. 5977 } 5978 5979 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the 5980 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their 5981 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself. 5982 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) { 5983 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mnet/lib.php'); 5984 5985 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user); 5986 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl); 5987 5988 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%", 5989 $callback, 5990 $messagetext); 5991 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%", 5992 $callback, 5993 $messagehtml); 5994 } 5995 $mail = get_mailer(); 5996 5997 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) { 5998 echo '<pre>' . "\n"; 5999 } 6000 6001 $temprecipients = array(); 6002 $tempreplyto = array(); 6003 6004 // Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address. 6005 $noreplyaddressdefault = 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot); 6006 $noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress) ? $noreplyaddressdefault : $CFG->noreplyaddress; 6007 6008 if (!validate_email($noreplyaddress)) { 6009 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid noreply-email '.s($noreplyaddress)); 6010 $noreplyaddress = $noreplyaddressdefault; 6011 } 6012 6013 // Make up an email address for handling bounces. 6014 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces)) { 6015 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id)).substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16); 6016 $mail->Sender = generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs); 6017 } else { 6018 $mail->Sender = $noreplyaddress; 6019 } 6020 6021 // Make sure that the explicit replyto is valid, fall back to the implicit one. 6022 if (!empty($replyto) && !validate_email($replyto)) { 6023 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid replyto-email '.s($replyto)); 6024 $replyto = $noreplyaddress; 6025 } 6026 6027 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need. 6028 $mail->From = $noreplyaddress; 6029 $mail->FromName = $from; 6030 // Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email, 6031 // and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled 6032 // in a course with the sender. 6033 } else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user)) { 6034 if (!validate_email($from->email)) { 6035 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid from-email '.s($from->email).' - not sending'); 6036 // Better not to use $noreplyaddress in this case. 6037 return false; 6038 } 6039 $mail->From = $from->email; 6040 $fromdetails = new stdClass(); 6041 $fromdetails->name = fullname($from); 6042 $fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot); 6043 $fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname); 6044 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name; 6045 if ($CFG->emailfromvia == EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS) { 6046 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails); 6047 } 6048 $mail->FromName = $fromstring; 6049 if (empty($replyto)) { 6050 $tempreplyto[] = array($from->email, fullname($from)); 6051 } 6052 } else { 6053 $mail->From = $noreplyaddress; 6054 $fromdetails = new stdClass(); 6055 $fromdetails->name = fullname($from); 6056 $fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot); 6057 $fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname); 6058 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name; 6059 if ($CFG->emailfromvia != EMAIL_VIA_NEVER) { 6060 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails); 6061 } 6062 $mail->FromName = $fromstring; 6063 if (empty($replyto)) { 6064 $tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname')); 6065 } 6066 } 6067 6068 if (!empty($replyto)) { 6069 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname); 6070 } 6071 6072 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email, fullname($user)); 6073 6074 // Set word wrap. 6075 $mail->WordWrap = $wordwrapwidth; 6076 6077 if (!empty($from->customheaders)) { 6078 // Add custom headers. 6079 if (is_array($from->customheaders)) { 6080 foreach ($from->customheaders as $customheader) { 6081 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader); 6082 } 6083 } else { 6084 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders); 6085 } 6086 } 6087 6088 // If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional 6089 // header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from, 6090 // either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user(). 6091 if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) { 6092 6093 $stack = debug_backtrace(false); 6094 $origin = $stack[0]; 6095 6096 foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) { 6097 if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') { 6098 $origin = $call; 6099 } 6100 } 6101 6102 $originheader = $CFG->wwwroot . ' => ' . gethostname() . ':' 6103 . str_replace($CFG->dirroot . '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line']; 6104 $mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader); 6105 } 6106 6107 if (!empty($CFG->emailheaders)) { 6108 $headers = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->emailheaders)); 6109 foreach ($headers as $header) { 6110 if (!empty($header)) { 6111 $mail->addCustomHeader($header); 6112 } 6113 } 6114 } 6115 6116 if (!empty($from->priority)) { 6117 $mail->Priority = $from->priority; 6118 } 6119 6120 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core'); 6121 $context = array( 6122 'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname, 6123 'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname, 6124 'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot, 6125 'subject' => $subject, 6126 'prefix' => $CFG->emailsubjectprefix, 6127 'to' => $user->email, 6128 'toname' => fullname($user), 6129 'from' => $mail->From, 6130 'fromname' => $mail->FromName, 6131 ); 6132 if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) { 6133 $context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0]; 6134 $context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1]; 6135 } 6136 if ($user->id > 0) { 6137 $context['touserid'] = $user->id; 6138 $context['tousername'] = $user->username; 6139 } 6140 6141 if (!empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) { 6142 // Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email. 6143 6144 if (!$messagehtml) { 6145 // If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then 6146 // auto convert the text to html and then wrap it. 6147 $messagehtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext)); 6148 } 6149 $context['body'] = $messagehtml; 6150 $messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context); 6151 } 6152 6153 $context['body'] = html_to_text(nl2br($messagetext)); 6154 $mail->Subject = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context); 6155 $mail->FromName = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context); 6156 $messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context); 6157 6158 // Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing. 6159 if (empty($mail->MessageID)) { 6160 $mail->MessageID = generate_email_messageid(); 6161 } 6162 6163 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) { 6164 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it. 6165 $mail->isHTML(true); 6166 $mail->Encoding = 'quoted-printable'; 6167 $mail->Body = $messagehtml; 6168 $mail->AltBody = "\n$messagetext\n"; 6169 } else { 6170 $mail->IsHTML(false); 6171 $mail->Body = "\n$messagetext\n"; 6172 } 6173 6174 if ($attachment && $attachname) { 6175 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) { 6176 // Security check for ".." in dir path. 6177 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6178 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email, fullname($supportuser, true)); 6179 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain'); 6180 } else { 6181 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/filelib.php'); 6182 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname); 6183 6184 // Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction). 6185 // The absolute (real) path is also fetched to ensure that comparisons to allowed paths are compared equally. 6186 $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($attachment)); 6187 6188 // Build an array of all filepaths from which attachments can be added (normalised slashes, absolute/real path). 6189 $allowedpaths = array_map(function(string $path): string { 6190 return str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($path)); 6191 }, [ 6192 $CFG->cachedir, 6193 $CFG->dataroot, 6194 $CFG->dirroot, 6195 $CFG->localcachedir, 6196 $CFG->tempdir, 6197 $CFG->localrequestdir, 6198 ]); 6199 6200 // Set addpath to true. 6201 $addpath = true; 6202 6203 // Check if attachment includes one of the allowed paths. 6204 foreach (array_filter($allowedpaths) as $allowedpath) { 6205 // Set addpath to false if the attachment includes one of the allowed paths. 6206 if (strpos($attachpath, $allowedpath) === 0) { 6207 $addpath = false; 6208 break; 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 // If the attachment is a full path to a file in the multiple allowed paths, use it as is, 6213 // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons). 6214 if ($addpath == true) { 6215 $attachment = $CFG->dataroot . '/' . $attachment; 6216 } 6217 6218 $mail->addAttachment($attachment, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype); 6219 } 6220 } 6221 6222 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8. 6223 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset) || !empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset))) { 6224 6225 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient. 6226 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset; 6227 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset)) { 6228 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id)) { 6229 $charset = $useremailcharset; 6230 } 6231 } 6232 6233 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported. 6234 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets(); 6235 unset($charsets['UTF-8']); 6236 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) { 6237 $mail->CharSet = $charset; 6238 $mail->FromName = core_text::convert($mail->FromName, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 6239 $mail->Subject = core_text::convert($mail->Subject, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 6240 $mail->Body = core_text::convert($mail->Body, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 6241 $mail->AltBody = core_text::convert($mail->AltBody, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 6242 6243 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) { 6244 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 6245 } 6246 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) { 6247 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 6248 } 6249 } 6250 } 6251 6252 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) { 6253 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]); 6254 } 6255 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) { 6256 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]); 6257 } 6258 6259 if (!empty($CFG->emaildkimselector)) { 6260 $domain = substr(strrchr($mail->From, "@"), 1); 6261 $pempath = "{$CFG->dataroot}/dkim/{$domain}/{$CFG->emaildkimselector}.private"; 6262 if (file_exists($pempath)) { 6263 $mail->DKIM_domain = $domain; 6264 $mail->DKIM_private = $pempath; 6265 $mail->DKIM_selector = $CFG->emaildkimselector; 6266 $mail->DKIM_identity = $mail->From; 6267 } else { 6268 debugging("Email DKIM selector chosen due to {$mail->From} but no certificate found at $pempath", DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 6269 } 6270 } 6271 6272 if ($mail->send()) { 6273 set_send_count($user); 6274 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) { 6275 echo '</pre>'; 6276 } 6277 return true; 6278 } else { 6279 // Trigger event for failing to send email. 6280 $event = \core\event\email_failed::create(array( 6281 'context' => context_system::instance(), 6282 'userid' => $from->id, 6283 'relateduserid' => $user->id, 6284 'other' => array( 6285 'subject' => $subject, 6286 'message' => $messagetext, 6287 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo 6288 ) 6289 )); 6290 $event->trigger(); 6291 if (CLI_SCRIPT) { 6292 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo); 6293 } 6294 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) { 6295 echo '</pre>'; 6296 } 6297 return false; 6298 } 6299 } 6300 6301 /** 6302 * Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field. 6303 * 6304 * @param object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from. 6305 * @param object $user The user object that we are sending the email to. 6306 * @param array $unused No longer used. 6307 * @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field. 6308 */ 6309 function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $unused = null) { 6310 global $CFG; 6311 if (!isset($CFG->allowedemaildomains) || empty(trim($CFG->allowedemaildomains))) { 6312 return false; 6313 } 6314 $alloweddomains = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->allowedemaildomains)); 6315 // Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email, 6316 // and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled 6317 // in a course with the sender. 6318 if (\core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email, strpos($from->email, '@') + 1), $alloweddomains) 6319 && ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE 6320 || ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY 6321 && enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) { 6322 return true; 6323 } 6324 return false; 6325 } 6326 6327 /** 6328 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings 6329 * 6330 * @return string 6331 */ 6332 function generate_email_signoff() { 6333 global $CFG; 6334 6335 $signoff = "\n"; 6336 if (!empty($CFG->supportname)) { 6337 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname."\n"; 6338 } 6339 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail)) { 6340 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail."\n"; 6341 } 6342 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) { 6343 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage."\n"; 6344 } 6345 return $signoff; 6346 } 6347 6348 /** 6349 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email. 6350 * 6351 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6352 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed. 6353 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error 6354 */ 6355 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) { 6356 global $CFG, $DB; 6357 6358 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands, 6359 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet 6360 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname. 6361 $lang = empty($user->lang) ? get_newuser_language() : $user->lang; 6362 6363 $site = get_site(); 6364 6365 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6366 6367 $newpassword = generate_password(); 6368 6369 update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash); 6370 6371 $a = new stdClass(); 6372 $a->firstname = fullname($user, true); 6373 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6374 $a->username = $user->username; 6375 $a->newpassword = $newpassword; 6376 $a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/?lang='.$lang; 6377 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff(); 6378 6379 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang); 6380 6381 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang); 6382 6383 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6384 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6385 6386 } 6387 6388 /** 6389 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email. 6390 * 6391 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6392 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6393 */ 6394 function reset_password_and_mail($user) { 6395 global $CFG; 6396 6397 $site = get_site(); 6398 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6399 6400 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 6401 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) { 6402 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth."); 6403 return false; 6404 } 6405 6406 $newpassword = generate_password(); 6407 6408 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) { 6409 print_error("cannotsetpassword"); 6410 } 6411 6412 $a = new stdClass(); 6413 $a->firstname = $user->firstname; 6414 $a->lastname = $user->lastname; 6415 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6416 $a->username = $user->username; 6417 $a->newpassword = $newpassword; 6418 $a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php'; 6419 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff(); 6420 6421 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a); 6422 6423 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. get_string('changedpassword'); 6424 6425 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password. 6426 6427 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6428 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6429 } 6430 6431 /** 6432 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link. 6433 * 6434 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6435 * @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL 6436 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6437 */ 6438 function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) { 6439 global $CFG; 6440 6441 $site = get_site(); 6442 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6443 6444 $data = new stdClass(); 6445 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6446 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff(); 6447 6448 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6449 6450 if (empty($confirmationurl)) { 6451 $confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php'; 6452 } 6453 6454 $confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl); 6455 // Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later. 6456 $confirmationurl->remove_params('data'); 6457 $confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false); 6458 6459 // We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link. 6460 // Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly. 6461 // Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url. 6462 $hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false; 6463 // Perform normal url encoding of the username first. 6464 $username = urlencode($user->username); 6465 // Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients. 6466 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username); 6467 6468 $data->link = $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ? '&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret .'/'. $username; 6469 6470 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data); 6471 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true); 6472 6473 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6474 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml); 6475 } 6476 6477 /** 6478 * Sends a password change confirmation email. 6479 * 6480 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6481 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request 6482 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6483 */ 6484 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) { 6485 global $CFG; 6486 6487 $site = get_site(); 6488 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6489 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime) ? floor($CFG->pwresettime / MINSECS) : 30; 6490 6491 $data = new stdClass(); 6492 $data->firstname = $user->firstname; 6493 $data->lastname = $user->lastname; 6494 $data->username = $user->username; 6495 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6496 $data->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token; 6497 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff(); 6498 $data->resetminutes = $pwresetmins; 6499 6500 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data); 6501 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6502 6503 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6504 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6505 6506 } 6507 6508 /** 6509 * Sends an email containing information on how to change your password. 6510 * 6511 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6512 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6513 */ 6514 function send_password_change_info($user) { 6515 $site = get_site(); 6516 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6517 6518 $data = new stdClass(); 6519 $data->firstname = $user->firstname; 6520 $data->lastname = $user->lastname; 6521 $data->username = $user->username; 6522 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6523 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff(); 6524 6525 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) { 6526 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data); 6527 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6528 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6529 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6530 } 6531 6532 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 6533 ['subject' => $subject, 'message' => $message] = $userauth->get_password_change_info($user); 6534 6535 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6536 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6537 } 6538 6539 /** 6540 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem. 6541 * 6542 * @param string $email Content of email 6543 * @return string|false 6544 */ 6545 function email_is_not_allowed($email) { 6546 global $CFG; 6547 6548 // Comparing lowercase domains. 6549 $email = strtolower($email); 6550 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses)) { 6551 $allowed = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->allowemailaddresses)); 6552 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) { 6553 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern); 6554 if (!$allowedpattern) { 6555 continue; 6556 } 6557 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) { 6558 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) { 6559 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com". 6560 return false; 6561 } 6562 6563 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) { 6564 return false; 6565 } 6566 } 6567 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses); 6568 6569 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses)) { 6570 $denied = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->denyemailaddresses)); 6571 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) { 6572 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern); 6573 if (!$deniedpattern) { 6574 continue; 6575 } 6576 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) { 6577 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) { 6578 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com". 6579 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses); 6580 } 6581 6582 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) { 6583 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses); 6584 } 6585 } 6586 } 6587 6588 return false; 6589 } 6590 6591 // FILE HANDLING. 6592 6593 /** 6594 * Returns local file storage instance 6595 * 6596 * @return file_storage 6597 */ 6598 function get_file_storage($reset = false) { 6599 global $CFG; 6600 6601 static $fs = null; 6602 6603 if ($reset) { 6604 $fs = null; 6605 return; 6606 } 6607 6608 if ($fs) { 6609 return $fs; 6610 } 6611 6612 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php"); 6613 6614 $fs = new file_storage(); 6615 6616 return $fs; 6617 } 6618 6619 /** 6620 * Returns local file storage instance 6621 * 6622 * @return file_browser 6623 */ 6624 function get_file_browser() { 6625 global $CFG; 6626 6627 static $fb = null; 6628 6629 if ($fb) { 6630 return $fb; 6631 } 6632 6633 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php"); 6634 6635 $fb = new file_browser(); 6636 6637 return $fb; 6638 } 6639 6640 /** 6641 * Returns file packer 6642 * 6643 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip 6644 * @return file_packer 6645 */ 6646 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') { 6647 global $CFG; 6648 6649 static $fp = array(); 6650 6651 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) { 6652 return $fp[$mimetype]; 6653 } 6654 6655 switch ($mimetype) { 6656 case 'application/zip': 6657 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling': 6658 $classname = 'zip_packer'; 6659 break; 6660 6661 case 'application/x-gzip' : 6662 $classname = 'tgz_packer'; 6663 break; 6664 6665 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup': 6666 $classname = 'mbz_packer'; 6667 break; 6668 6669 default: 6670 return false; 6671 } 6672 6673 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php"); 6674 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname(); 6675 6676 return $fp[$mimetype]; 6677 } 6678 6679 /** 6680 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists. 6681 * 6682 * @param string $newfile File to be verified 6683 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true 6684 */ 6685 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) { 6686 if (empty($newfile)) { 6687 return ''; 6688 } 6689 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) { 6690 return $newfile['tmp_name']; 6691 } else { 6692 return ''; 6693 } 6694 } 6695 6696 /** 6697 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files. 6698 * 6699 * There are seven possible upload limits: 6700 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this) 6701 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP) 6702 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP) 6703 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP) 6704 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes 6705 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes 6706 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes 6707 * 6708 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes). 6709 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored. 6710 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned. 6711 * 6712 * @todo Finish documenting this function 6713 * 6714 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size 6715 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes) 6716 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes) 6717 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more. 6718 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files. 6719 */ 6720 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) { 6721 6722 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) { 6723 $filesize = '5M'; 6724 } 6725 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize); 6726 6727 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) { 6728 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize); 6729 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) { 6730 $minimumsize = $postsize; 6731 } 6732 } 6733 6734 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) { 6735 $minimumsize = $sitebytes; 6736 } 6737 6738 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) { 6739 $minimumsize = $coursebytes; 6740 } 6741 6742 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) { 6743 $minimumsize = $modulebytes; 6744 } 6745 6746 return $minimumsize; 6747 } 6748 6749 /** 6750 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user 6751 * 6752 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities 6753 * 6754 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities 6755 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size 6756 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes) 6757 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes) 6758 * @param stdClass $user The user 6759 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more. 6760 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files. 6761 */ 6762 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null, 6763 $unused = false) { 6764 global $USER; 6765 6766 if (empty($user)) { 6767 $user = $USER; 6768 } 6769 6770 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) { 6771 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS; 6772 } 6773 6774 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes); 6775 } 6776 6777 /** 6778 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language 6779 * 6780 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an 6781 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the 6782 * local language. 6783 * 6784 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes. 6785 * 6786 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)" 6787 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list. 6788 * 6789 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC 6790 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size 6791 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes) 6792 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes) 6793 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list, 6794 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list. 6795 * @return array 6796 */ 6797 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) { 6798 global $CFG; 6799 6800 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) { 6801 return array(); 6802 } 6803 6804 if ($sitebytes == 0) { 6805 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size. 6806 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size(); 6807 } 6808 6809 $filesize = array(); 6810 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152, 6811 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600, 6812 262144000, 524288000, 786432000, 1073741824, 6813 2147483648, 4294967296, 8589934592); 6814 6815 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list. 6816 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) { 6817 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes; 6818 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) { 6819 $sizelist[] = $custombytes; 6820 } 6821 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) { 6822 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes)); 6823 } 6824 6825 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries. 6826 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes), $sizelist)) { 6827 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values. 6828 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes); 6829 } 6830 6831 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) { 6832 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) { 6833 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes); 6834 } 6835 } 6836 6837 $limitlevel = ''; 6838 $displaysize = ''; 6839 if ($modulebytes && 6840 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes || $coursebytes == 0) && 6841 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0))) { 6842 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core'); 6843 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes); 6844 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list. 6845 6846 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0)) { 6847 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core'); 6848 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes); 6849 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list. 6850 6851 } else if ($sitebytes) { 6852 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core'); 6853 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes); 6854 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list. 6855 } 6856 6857 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC); 6858 if ($limitlevel) { 6859 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize); 6860 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) + $filesize; 6861 } 6862 6863 return $filesize; 6864 } 6865 6866 /** 6867 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir. 6868 * 6869 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored 6870 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output 6871 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output 6872 * (at least one of these must be true!) 6873 * 6874 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage. 6875 * 6876 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from 6877 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored 6878 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well 6879 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output 6880 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output 6881 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir 6882 */ 6883 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) { 6884 6885 $dirs = array(); 6886 6887 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show. 6888 return $dirs; 6889 } 6890 6891 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory. 6892 return $dirs; 6893 } 6894 6895 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason. 6896 return $dirs; 6897 } 6898 6899 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) { 6900 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles); 6901 } 6902 6903 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) { 6904 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1); 6905 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) { 6906 continue; 6907 } 6908 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file; 6909 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') { 6910 if ($getdirs) { 6911 $dirs[] = $file; 6912 } 6913 if ($descend) { 6914 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles); 6915 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) { 6916 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir; 6917 } 6918 } 6919 } else if ($getfiles) { 6920 $dirs[] = $file; 6921 } 6922 } 6923 closedir($dir); 6924 6925 asort($dirs); 6926 6927 return $dirs; 6928 } 6929 6930 6931 /** 6932 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size. 6933 * 6934 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from 6935 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size 6936 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory 6937 */ 6938 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') { 6939 global $CFG; 6940 6941 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster. 6942 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu))) { 6943 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir); 6944 $output = null; 6945 $return = null; 6946 exec($command, $output, $return); 6947 if (is_array($output)) { 6948 // We told it to return k. 6949 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k'); 6950 } 6951 } 6952 6953 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { 6954 // Must be a directory. 6955 return 0; 6956 } 6957 6958 if (!$dir = @opendir($rootdir)) { 6959 // Can't open it for some reason. 6960 return 0; 6961 } 6962 6963 $size = 0; 6964 6965 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) { 6966 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1); 6967 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) { 6968 continue; 6969 } 6970 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file; 6971 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') { 6972 $size += get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile); 6973 } else { 6974 $size += filesize($fullfile); 6975 } 6976 } 6977 closedir($dir); 6978 6979 return $size; 6980 } 6981 6982 /** 6983 * Converts bytes into display form 6984 * 6985 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes 6986 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes 6987 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes 6988 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes 6989 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form 6990 * @return string 6991 */ 6992 function display_size($size) { 6993 6994 static $units; 6995 6996 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS) { 6997 return get_string('unlimited'); 6998 } 6999 7000 if (empty($units)) { 7001 $units[] = get_string('sizeb'); 7002 $units[] = get_string('sizekb'); 7003 $units[] = get_string('sizemb'); 7004 $units[] = get_string('sizegb'); 7005 $units[] = get_string('sizetb'); 7006 $units[] = get_string('sizepb'); 7007 } 7008 7009 if ($size >= 1024 ** 5) { 7010 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 5 * 10) / 10 . $units[5]; 7011 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 4) { 7012 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 4 * 10) / 10 . $units[4]; 7013 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 3) { 7014 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 3 * 10) / 10 . $units[3]; 7015 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 2) { 7016 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 2 * 10) / 10 . $units[2]; 7017 } else if ($size >= 1024 ** 1) { 7018 $size = round($size / 1024 ** 1 * 10) / 10 . $units[1]; 7019 } else { 7020 $size = intval($size) .' '. $units[0]; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway. 7021 } 7022 return $size; 7023 } 7024 7025 /** 7026 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters 7027 * 7028 * @see clean_param() 7029 * @param string $string file name 7030 * @return string cleaned file name 7031 */ 7032 function clean_filename($string) { 7033 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE); 7034 } 7035 7036 // STRING TRANSLATION. 7037 7038 /** 7039 * Returns the code for the current language 7040 * 7041 * @category string 7042 * @return string 7043 */ 7044 function current_language() { 7045 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE; 7046 7047 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) { 7048 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check 7049 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand). 7050 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a 7051 // specific language (see force_current_language()). 7052 $return = $SESSION->forcelang; 7053 7054 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) and $COURSE->id != SITEID and !empty($COURSE->lang)) { 7055 // Course language can override all other settings for this page. 7056 $return = $COURSE->lang; 7057 7058 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) { 7059 // Session language can override other settings. 7060 $return = $SESSION->lang; 7061 7062 } else if (!empty($USER->lang)) { 7063 $return = $USER->lang; 7064 7065 } else if (isset($CFG->lang)) { 7066 $return = $CFG->lang; 7067 7068 } else { 7069 $return = 'en'; 7070 } 7071 7072 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident. 7073 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return); 7074 7075 return $return; 7076 } 7077 7078 /** 7079 * Fix the current language to the given language code. 7080 * 7081 * @param string $lang The language code to use. 7082 * @return void 7083 */ 7084 function fix_current_language(string $lang): void { 7085 global $CFG, $COURSE, $SESSION, $USER; 7086 7087 if (!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang)) { 7088 throw new coding_exception("The language pack for $lang is not available"); 7089 } 7090 7091 $fixglobal = ''; 7092 $fixlang = 'lang'; 7093 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) { 7094 $fixglobal = $SESSION; 7095 $fixlang = 'forcelang'; 7096 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) && $COURSE->id != SITEID && !empty($COURSE->lang)) { 7097 $fixglobal = $COURSE; 7098 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) { 7099 $fixglobal = $SESSION; 7100 } else if (!empty($USER->lang)) { 7101 $fixglobal = $USER; 7102 } else if (isset($CFG->lang)) { 7103 set_config('lang', $lang); 7104 } 7105 7106 if ($fixglobal) { 7107 $fixglobal->$fixlang = $lang; 7108 } 7109 } 7110 7111 /** 7112 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined 7113 * 7114 * @category string 7115 * @param string $lang null means current language 7116 * @return string 7117 */ 7118 function get_parent_language($lang=null) { 7119 7120 $parentlang = get_string_manager()->get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig', null, $lang); 7121 7122 if ($parentlang === 'en') { 7123 $parentlang = ''; 7124 } 7125 7126 return $parentlang; 7127 } 7128 7129 /** 7130 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language. 7131 * 7132 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language 7133 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run. 7134 * 7135 * @param string $language 7136 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value 7137 */ 7138 function force_current_language($language) { 7139 global $SESSION; 7140 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang) ? $SESSION->forcelang : ''; 7141 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) { 7142 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect. 7143 if (empty($language) || get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) { 7144 $SESSION->forcelang = $language; 7145 moodle_setlocale(); 7146 } 7147 } 7148 return $sessionforcelang; 7149 } 7150 7151 /** 7152 * Returns current string_manager instance. 7153 * 7154 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance 7155 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time. 7156 * 7157 * @category string 7158 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead? 7159 * @return core_string_manager 7160 */ 7161 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) { 7162 global $CFG; 7163 7164 static $singleton = null; 7165 7166 if ($forcereload) { 7167 $singleton = null; 7168 } 7169 if ($singleton === null) { 7170 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang)) { 7171 7172 $transaliases = array(); 7173 if (empty($CFG->langlist)) { 7174 $translist = array(); 7175 } else { 7176 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist); 7177 $translist = array_map('trim', $translist); 7178 // Each language in the $CFG->langlist can has an "alias" that would substitute the default language name. 7179 foreach ($translist as $i => $value) { 7180 $parts = preg_split('/\s*\|\s*/', $value, 2); 7181 if (count($parts) == 2) { 7182 $transaliases[$parts[0]] = $parts[1]; 7183 $translist[$i] = $parts[0]; 7184 } 7185 } 7186 } 7187 7188 if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'])) { 7189 $classname = $CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager']; 7190 7191 if (class_exists($classname)) { 7192 $implements = class_implements($classname); 7193 7194 if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) { 7195 $singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist, $transaliases); 7196 return $singleton; 7197 7198 } else { 7199 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname. 7200 ' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.'); 7201 } 7202 7203 } else { 7204 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.'); 7205 } 7206 } 7207 7208 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist, $transaliases); 7209 7210 } else { 7211 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install(); 7212 } 7213 } 7214 7215 return $singleton; 7216 } 7217 7218 /** 7219 * Returns a localized string. 7220 * 7221 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as 7222 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp. 7223 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used 7224 * within translation strings 7225 * 7226 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}' 7227 * or 'hello {$a}' 7228 * 7229 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use 7230 * the function {@link print_string()} 7231 * 7232 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would 7233 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information 7234 * to retrieve it.<br/> 7235 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278 7236 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course' 7237 * <code> 7238 * $string['course'] = 'Course'; 7239 * </code> 7240 * So if you want to display the string 'Course' 7241 * in any language that supports it on your site 7242 * you just need to use the identifier 'course' 7243 * <code> 7244 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>'; 7245 * or 7246 * </code> 7247 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly 7248 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find 7249 * around line 75: 7250 * <code> 7251 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event'; 7252 * </code> 7253 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language 7254 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar' 7255 * (because it is in the file calendar.php): 7256 * <code> 7257 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>'; 7258 * </code> 7259 * 7260 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string 7261 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]] 7262 * 7263 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload. 7264 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object 7265 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until 7266 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out 7267 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g. 7268 * (string)$stringobject 7269 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g. 7270 * echo $stringobject 7271 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>"; 7272 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an 7273 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys. 7274 * But you should never do that anyway! 7275 * For more information {@link lang_string} 7276 * 7277 * @category string 7278 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string 7279 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored, 7280 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the 7281 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls. 7282 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used. 7283 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used 7284 * within translation strings 7285 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of 7286 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used. 7287 * @return string The localized string. 7288 * @throws coding_exception 7289 */ 7290 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) { 7291 global $CFG; 7292 7293 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object 7294 // instead. 7295 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there 7296 // used to be a forth argument at one point. 7297 if ($lazyload === true) { 7298 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a); 7299 } 7300 7301 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') { 7302 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7303 } 7304 7305 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so 7306 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter. 7307 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) { 7308 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.'); 7309 } 7310 7311 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) { 7312 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' . 7313 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7314 $componentpath = explode('/', $component); 7315 7316 switch ($componentpath[0]) { 7317 case 'mod': 7318 $component = $componentpath[1]; 7319 break; 7320 case 'blocks': 7321 case 'block': 7322 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1]; 7323 break; 7324 case 'enrol': 7325 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1]; 7326 break; 7327 case 'format': 7328 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1]; 7329 break; 7330 case 'grade': 7331 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2]; 7332 break; 7333 } 7334 } 7335 7336 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a); 7337 7338 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component. 7339 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) { 7340 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}'; 7341 } 7342 return $result; 7343 } 7344 7345 /** 7346 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value. 7347 * 7348 * @param array $array An array of strings 7349 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in. 7350 * @return stdClass translated strings. 7351 */ 7352 function get_strings($array, $component = '') { 7353 $string = new stdClass; 7354 foreach ($array as $item) { 7355 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component); 7356 } 7357 return $string; 7358 } 7359 7360 /** 7361 * Prints out a translated string. 7362 * 7363 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function. 7364 * 7365 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/> 7366 * <code> 7367 * echo '<strong>'; 7368 * print_string('course'); 7369 * echo '</strong>'; 7370 * </code> 7371 * 7372 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/> 7373 * <code> 7374 * echo '<h1>'; 7375 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar'); 7376 * echo '</h1>'; 7377 * </code> 7378 * 7379 * @category string 7380 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string 7381 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used. 7382 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings 7383 */ 7384 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) { 7385 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a); 7386 } 7387 7388 /** 7389 * Returns a list of charset codes 7390 * 7391 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually 7392 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!) 7393 * 7394 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset 7395 */ 7396 function get_list_of_charsets() { 7397 7398 $charsets = array( 7399 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP', 7400 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP', 7401 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1', 7402 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS', 7403 'GB2312' => 'GB2312', 7404 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring. 7405 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8'); 7406 7407 asort($charsets); 7408 7409 return $charsets; 7410 } 7411 7412 /** 7413 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes 7414 * 7415 * @return array 7416 */ 7417 function get_list_of_themes() { 7418 global $CFG; 7419 7420 $themes = array(); 7421 7422 if (!empty($CFG->themelist)) { // Use admin's list of themes. 7423 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist); 7424 } else { 7425 $themelist = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list("theme")); 7426 } 7427 7428 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) { 7429 $theme = theme_config::load($themename); 7430 $themes[$themename] = $theme; 7431 } 7432 7433 core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name'); 7434 7435 return $themes; 7436 } 7437 7438 /** 7439 * Factory function for emoticon_manager 7440 * 7441 * @return emoticon_manager singleton 7442 */ 7443 function get_emoticon_manager() { 7444 static $singleton = null; 7445 7446 if (is_null($singleton)) { 7447 $singleton = new emoticon_manager(); 7448 } 7449 7450 return $singleton; 7451 } 7452 7453 /** 7454 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter). 7455 * 7456 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data 7457 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent, 7458 * altidentifier and altcomponent 7459 * 7460 * @see admin_setting_emoticons 7461 * 7462 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak 7463 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 7464 */ 7465 class emoticon_manager { 7466 7467 /** 7468 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons 7469 * 7470 * @param boolean $selectable - If true, only return emoticons that should be selectable from a list. 7471 * @return array of emoticon objects 7472 */ 7473 public function get_emoticons($selectable = false) { 7474 global $CFG; 7475 $notselectable = ['martin', 'egg']; 7476 7477 if (empty($CFG->emoticons)) { 7478 return array(); 7479 } 7480 7481 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons); 7482 7483 if (!is_array($emoticons)) { 7484 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting. 7485 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL); 7486 return array(); 7487 } 7488 if ($selectable) { 7489 foreach ($emoticons as $index => $emote) { 7490 if (in_array($emote->altidentifier, $notselectable)) { 7491 // Skip this one. 7492 unset($emoticons[$index]); 7493 } 7494 } 7495 } 7496 7497 return $emoticons; 7498 } 7499 7500 /** 7501 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object 7502 * 7503 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object 7504 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set 7505 * @return pix_emoticon 7506 */ 7507 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass $emoticon, array $attributes = array()) { 7508 $stringmanager = get_string_manager(); 7509 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent)) { 7510 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent); 7511 } else { 7512 $alt = s($emoticon->text); 7513 } 7514 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent, $attributes); 7515 } 7516 7517 /** 7518 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table 7519 * 7520 * @see self::decode_stored_config() 7521 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects 7522 * @return string 7523 */ 7524 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) { 7525 return json_encode($emoticons); 7526 } 7527 7528 /** 7529 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects 7530 * 7531 * @see self::encode_stored_config() 7532 * @param string $encoded 7533 * @return string|null 7534 */ 7535 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) { 7536 $decoded = json_decode($encoded); 7537 if (!is_array($decoded)) { 7538 return null; 7539 } 7540 return $decoded; 7541 } 7542 7543 /** 7544 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle 7545 * 7546 * @return array of sdtClasses 7547 */ 7548 public function default_emoticons() { 7549 return array( 7550 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'), 7551 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'), 7552 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'), 7553 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'), 7554 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'), 7555 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'), 7556 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'), 7557 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'), 7558 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'), 7559 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'), 7560 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'), 7561 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'), 7562 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'), 7563 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'), 7564 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'), 7565 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'), 7566 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'), 7567 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'), 7568 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'), 7569 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'), 7570 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'), 7571 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'), 7572 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'), 7573 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'), 7574 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'), 7575 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'), 7576 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'), 7577 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'), 7578 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'), 7579 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'), 7580 ); 7581 } 7582 7583 /** 7584 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties 7585 * 7586 * @param string|array $text or array of strings 7587 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon} 7588 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt 7589 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined 7590 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon} 7591 * @return stdClass 7592 */ 7593 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null, 7594 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') { 7595 return (object)array( 7596 'text' => $text, 7597 'imagename' => $imagename, 7598 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent, 7599 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier, 7600 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent, 7601 ); 7602 } 7603 } 7604 7605 // ENCRYPTION. 7606 7607 /** 7608 * rc4encrypt 7609 * 7610 * @param string $data Data to encrypt. 7611 * @return string The now encrypted data. 7612 */ 7613 function rc4encrypt($data) { 7614 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, ''); 7615 } 7616 7617 /** 7618 * rc4decrypt 7619 * 7620 * @param string $data Data to decrypt. 7621 * @return string The now decrypted data. 7622 */ 7623 function rc4decrypt($data) { 7624 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de'); 7625 } 7626 7627 /** 7628 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com] 7629 * 7630 * @todo Finish documenting this function 7631 * 7632 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting 7633 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted 7634 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt 7635 * @return string 7636 */ 7637 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) { 7638 7639 if ($case == 'de') { 7640 $data = urldecode($data); 7641 } 7642 7643 $key[] = ''; 7644 $box[] = ''; 7645 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd); 7646 7647 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) { 7648 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i % $pwdlength), 1)); 7649 $box[$i] = $i; 7650 } 7651 7652 $x = 0; 7653 7654 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) { 7655 $x = ($x + $box[$i] + $key[$i]) % 256; 7656 $tempswap = $box[$i]; 7657 $box[$i] = $box[$x]; 7658 $box[$x] = $tempswap; 7659 } 7660 7661 $cipher = ''; 7662 7663 $a = 0; 7664 $j = 0; 7665 7666 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++) { 7667 $a = ($a + 1) % 256; 7668 $j = ($j + $box[$a]) % 256; 7669 $temp = $box[$a]; 7670 $box[$a] = $box[$j]; 7671 $box[$j] = $temp; 7672 $k = $box[(($box[$a] + $box[$j]) % 256)]; 7673 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^ $k; 7674 $cipher .= chr($cipherby); 7675 } 7676 7677 if ($case == 'de') { 7678 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher)); 7679 } else { 7680 $cipher = urlencode($cipher); 7681 } 7682 7683 return $cipher; 7684 } 7685 7686 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING. 7687 7688 /** 7689 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param. 7690 * 7691 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name. 7692 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name. 7693 */ 7694 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) { 7695 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type. 7696 return core_component::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name); 7697 } 7698 7699 /** 7700 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function 7701 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned. 7702 * 7703 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'. 7704 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the 7705 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with 7706 * names like report_courselist_hook. 7707 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the 7708 * function. Defaults to lib.php. 7709 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum') 7710 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook'). 7711 */ 7712 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') { 7713 global $CFG; 7714 7715 // We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included. 7716 $plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false); 7717 7718 if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) { 7719 return array(); 7720 } 7721 7722 $allplugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype); 7723 7724 // Reformat the array and include the files. 7725 $pluginfunctions = array(); 7726 foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) { 7727 7728 // Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available. 7729 if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) { 7730 7731 $filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file; 7732 if (file_exists($filepath)) { 7733 include_once($filepath); 7734 7735 // Now that the file is loaded, we must verify the function still exists. 7736 if (function_exists($functionname)) { 7737 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname; 7738 } else { 7739 // Invalidate the cache for next run. 7740 \cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'plugin_functions'); 7741 } 7742 } 7743 } 7744 } 7745 7746 return $pluginfunctions; 7747 } 7748 7749 /** 7750 * Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file. 7751 * 7752 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the 7753 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with 7754 * names like report_courselist_hook. 7755 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the 7756 * function. Defaults to lib.php. 7757 * @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not. 7758 * @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname 7759 */ 7760 function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true) { 7761 global $CFG; 7762 7763 if (during_initial_install() || isset($CFG->upgraderunning)) { 7764 // API functions _must not_ be called during an installation or upgrade. 7765 return []; 7766 } 7767 7768 $cache = \cache::make('core', 'plugin_functions'); 7769 7770 // Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name. 7771 // Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_. 7772 $key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA); 7773 $pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key); 7774 $dirty = false; 7775 7776 // Use the plugin manager to check that plugins are currently installed. 7777 $pluginmanager = \core_plugin_manager::instance(); 7778 7779 if ($pluginfunctions !== false) { 7780 7781 // Checking that the files are still available. 7782 foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) { 7783 7784 $allplugins = \core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype); 7785 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype); 7786 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $function) { 7787 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) { 7788 // Plugin code is still present on disk but it is not installed. 7789 $dirty = true; 7790 break 2; 7791 } 7792 7793 // Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available. 7794 if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) { 7795 $dirty = true; 7796 break 2; 7797 } 7798 7799 $fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file); 7800 if ($include && $fileexists) { 7801 // Include the files if it was requested. 7802 include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file); 7803 } else if (!$fileexists) { 7804 // If the file is not available any more it should not be returned. 7805 $dirty = true; 7806 break 2; 7807 } 7808 7809 // Check if the function still exists in the file. 7810 if ($include && !function_exists($function)) { 7811 $dirty = true; 7812 break 2; 7813 } 7814 } 7815 } 7816 7817 // If the cache is dirty, we should fall through and let it rebuild. 7818 if (!$dirty) { 7819 return $pluginfunctions; 7820 } 7821 } 7822 7823 $pluginfunctions = array(); 7824 7825 // To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled. 7826 $plugintypes = \core_component::get_plugin_types(); 7827 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) { 7828 7829 // We need to include files here. 7830 $pluginswithfile = \core_component::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true); 7831 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype); 7832 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) { 7833 7834 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) { 7835 continue; 7836 } 7837 7838 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function; 7839 7840 $pluginfunction = false; 7841 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) { 7842 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin. 7843 $pluginfunction = $fullfunction; 7844 7845 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') { 7846 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name. 7847 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function; 7848 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) { 7849 $pluginfunction = $shortfunction; 7850 } 7851 } 7852 7853 if ($pluginfunction) { 7854 if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) { 7855 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array(); 7856 } 7857 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction; 7858 } 7859 7860 } 7861 } 7862 $cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions); 7863 7864 return $pluginfunctions; 7865 7866 } 7867 7868 /** 7869 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory 7870 * 7871 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use 7872 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now. 7873 * 7874 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility. 7875 * 7876 * @param string $directory relative directory from root 7877 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none) 7878 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot) 7879 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters 7880 */ 7881 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') { 7882 global $CFG; 7883 7884 $plugins = array(); 7885 7886 if (empty($basedir)) { 7887 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot .'/'. $directory; 7888 7889 } else { 7890 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory; 7891 } 7892 7893 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper and empty($exclude)) { 7894 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins, 7895 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins! 7896 7897 $subtypes = core_component::get_plugin_types(); 7898 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) { 7899 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7900 } 7901 unset($subtypes); 7902 } 7903 7904 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') { 7905 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) { 7906 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7907 return array(); 7908 } 7909 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) { 7910 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1). 7911 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or 7912 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) { 7913 continue; 7914 } 7915 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') { 7916 continue; 7917 } 7918 $plugins[] = $dir; 7919 } 7920 closedir($dirhandle); 7921 } 7922 if ($plugins) { 7923 asort($plugins); 7924 } 7925 return $plugins; 7926 } 7927 7928 /** 7929 * Invoke plugin's callback functions 7930 * 7931 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod' 7932 * @param string $name plugin name 7933 * @param string $feature feature name 7934 * @param string $action feature's action 7935 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array 7936 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null. 7937 * @return mixed 7938 * 7939 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743 7940 */ 7941 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) { 7942 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default); 7943 } 7944 7945 /** 7946 * Invoke component's callback functions 7947 * 7948 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz' 7949 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron' 7950 * @param array $params parameters of callback function 7951 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null. 7952 * @return mixed 7953 */ 7954 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) { 7955 7956 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function); 7957 7958 if ($params && (array_keys($params) !== range(0, count($params) - 1))) { 7959 // PHP 8 allows to have associative arrays in the call_user_func_array() parameters but 7960 // PHP 7 does not. Using associative arrays can result in different behavior in different PHP versions. 7961 // See https://php.watch/versions/8.0/named-parameters#named-params-call_user_func_array 7962 // This check can be removed when minimum PHP version for Moodle is raised to 8. 7963 debugging('Parameters array can not be an associative array while Moodle supports both PHP 7 and PHP 8.', 7964 DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7965 $params = array_values($params); 7966 } 7967 7968 if ($functionname) { 7969 // Function exists, so just return function result. 7970 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params); 7971 if (is_null($ret)) { 7972 return $default; 7973 } else { 7974 return $ret; 7975 } 7976 } 7977 return $default; 7978 } 7979 7980 /** 7981 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this 7982 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be 7983 * called directly. 7984 * 7985 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz' 7986 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron' 7987 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't. 7988 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied 7989 */ 7990 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) { 7991 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions. 7992 7993 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT); 7994 if (empty($cleancomponent)) { 7995 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component); 7996 } 7997 $component = $cleancomponent; 7998 7999 list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component); 8000 $component = $type . '_' . $name; 8001 8002 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function; 8003 $function = $component.'_'.$function; 8004 8005 $dir = core_component::get_component_directory($component); 8006 if (empty($dir)) { 8007 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component); 8008 } 8009 8010 // Load library and look for function. 8011 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) { 8012 require_once($dir.'/lib.php'); 8013 } 8014 8015 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) { 8016 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') { 8017 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 8018 } 8019 $function = $oldfunction; 8020 } 8021 8022 if (function_exists($function)) { 8023 return $function; 8024 } 8025 return false; 8026 } 8027 8028 /** 8029 * Call the specified callback method on the provided class. 8030 * 8031 * If the callback returns null, then the default value is returned instead. 8032 * If the class does not exist, then the default value is returned. 8033 * 8034 * @param string $classname The name of the class to call upon. 8035 * @param string $methodname The name of the staticically defined method on the class. 8036 * @param array $params The arguments to pass into the method. 8037 * @param mixed $default The default value. 8038 * @return mixed The return value. 8039 */ 8040 function component_class_callback($classname, $methodname, array $params, $default = null) { 8041 if (!class_exists($classname)) { 8042 return $default; 8043 } 8044 8045 if (!method_exists($classname, $methodname)) { 8046 return $default; 8047 } 8048 8049 $fullfunction = $classname . '::' . $methodname; 8050 $result = call_user_func_array($fullfunction, $params); 8051 8052 if (null === $result) { 8053 return $default; 8054 } else { 8055 return $result; 8056 } 8057 } 8058 8059 /** 8060 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature. 8061 * 8062 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod' 8063 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum' 8064 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant) 8065 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown 8066 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown, 8067 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array) 8068 * @throws coding_exception 8069 */ 8070 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) { 8071 global $CFG; 8072 8073 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') { 8074 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template. 8075 return false; 8076 } 8077 8078 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT); 8079 if (empty($component)) { 8080 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name); 8081 } 8082 8083 $function = null; 8084 8085 if ($type === 'mod') { 8086 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules, 8087 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop. 8088 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) { 8089 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php"); 8090 $function = $component.'_supports'; 8091 if (!function_exists($function)) { 8092 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name. 8093 $function = $name.'_supports'; 8094 } 8095 } 8096 8097 } else { 8098 if (!$path = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) { 8099 // Non existent plugin type. 8100 return false; 8101 } 8102 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) { 8103 include_once("$path/lib.php"); 8104 $function = $component.'_supports'; 8105 } 8106 } 8107 8108 if ($function and function_exists($function)) { 8109 $supports = $function($feature); 8110 if (is_null($supports)) { 8111 // Plugin does not know - use default. 8112 return $default; 8113 } else { 8114 return $supports; 8115 } 8116 } 8117 8118 // Plugin does not care, so use default. 8119 return $default; 8120 } 8121 8122 /** 8123 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one. 8124 * 8125 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low? 8126 * 8127 * @param string $version The version of php being tested. 8128 * @return bool 8129 */ 8130 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') { 8131 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0); 8132 } 8133 8134 /** 8135 * Determine if moodle installation requires update. 8136 * 8137 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see 8138 * if there are any mismatches. 8139 * 8140 * @return bool 8141 */ 8142 function moodle_needs_upgrading() { 8143 global $CFG; 8144 8145 if (empty($CFG->version)) { 8146 return true; 8147 } 8148 8149 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because 8150 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after 8151 // every upgrade. 8152 8153 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash)) { 8154 return true; 8155 } 8156 8157 $hash = core_component::get_all_versions_hash(); 8158 8159 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash); 8160 } 8161 8162 /** 8163 * Returns the major version of this site 8164 * 8165 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for 8166 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so 8167 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either 8168 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in 8169 * the main version.php. 8170 * 8171 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used 8172 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined 8173 */ 8174 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) { 8175 global $CFG; 8176 8177 if ($fromdisk) { 8178 $release = null; 8179 require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php'); 8180 if (empty($release)) { 8181 return false; 8182 } 8183 8184 } else { 8185 if (empty($CFG->release)) { 8186 return false; 8187 } 8188 $release = $CFG->release; 8189 } 8190 8191 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) { 8192 return $matches[0]; 8193 } else { 8194 return false; 8195 } 8196 } 8197 8198 // MISCELLANEOUS. 8199 8200 /** 8201 * Gets the system locale 8202 * 8203 * @return string Retuns the current locale. 8204 */ 8205 function moodle_getlocale() { 8206 global $CFG; 8207 8208 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype. 8209 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') { 8210 $stringtofetch = 'localewin'; 8211 } else { 8212 $stringtofetch = 'locale'; 8213 } 8214 8215 if (!empty($CFG->locale)) { // Override locale for all language packs. 8216 return $CFG->locale; 8217 } 8218 8219 return get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig'); 8220 } 8221 8222 /** 8223 * Sets the system locale 8224 * 8225 * @category string 8226 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale 8227 */ 8228 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') { 8229 global $CFG; 8230 8231 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching. 8232 8233 $oldlocale = $currentlocale; 8234 8235 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language. 8236 if (!empty($locale)) { 8237 $currentlocale = $locale; 8238 } else { 8239 $currentlocale = moodle_getlocale(); 8240 } 8241 8242 // Do nothing if locale already set up. 8243 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) { 8244 return; 8245 } 8246 8247 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values, 8248 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7 8249 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/. 8250 8251 // Get current values. 8252 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY, 0); 8253 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, 0); 8254 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, 0); 8255 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') { 8256 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, 0); 8257 } 8258 // Set locale to all. 8259 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL, $currentlocale); 8260 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant, 8261 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX). 8262 if ($result === false) { 8263 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) { 8264 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale); 8265 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale); 8266 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) { 8267 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale); 8268 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale); 8269 } 8270 } 8271 // Set old values. 8272 setlocale (LC_MONETARY, $monetary); 8273 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, $numeric); 8274 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') { 8275 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, $messages); 8276 } 8277 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') { 8278 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii. 8279 setlocale (LC_CTYPE, $ctype); 8280 } 8281 } 8282 8283 /** 8284 * Count words in a string. 8285 * 8286 * Words are defined as things between whitespace. 8287 * 8288 * @category string 8289 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words. May be HTML. 8290 * @return int The count of words in the specified string 8291 */ 8292 function count_words($string) { 8293 // Before stripping tags, add a space after the close tag of anything that is not obviously inline. 8294 // Also, br is a special case because it definitely delimits a word, but has no close tag. 8295 $string = preg_replace('~ 8296 ( # Capture the tag we match. 8297 </ # Start of close tag. 8298 (?! # Do not match any of these specific close tag names. 8299 a> | b> | del> | em> | i> | 8300 ins> | s> | small> | 8301 strong> | sub> | sup> | u> 8302 ) 8303 \w+ # But, apart from those execptions, match any tag name. 8304 > # End of close tag. 8305 | 8306 <br> | <br\s*/> # Special cases that are not close tags. 8307 ) 8308 ~x', '$1 ', $string); // Add a space after the close tag. 8309 // Now remove HTML tags. 8310 $string = strip_tags($string); 8311 // Decode HTML entities. 8312 $string = html_entity_decode($string); 8313 8314 // Now, the word count is the number of blocks of characters separated 8315 // by any sort of space. That seems to be the definition used by all other systems. 8316 // To be precise about what is considered to separate words: 8317 // * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Separator' 8318 // * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Control character' 8319 // * An em- or en- dash. 8320 return count(preg_split('~[\p{Z}\p{Cc}—–]+~u', $string, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY)); 8321 } 8322 8323 /** 8324 * Count letters in a string. 8325 * 8326 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace. 8327 * 8328 * @category string 8329 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters. May be HTML. 8330 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text. 8331 */ 8332 function count_letters($string) { 8333 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now. 8334 $string = html_entity_decode($string); 8335 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now. 8336 8337 return core_text::strlen($string); 8338 } 8339 8340 /** 8341 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length. 8342 * 8343 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created. 8344 * @return string 8345 */ 8346 function random_string($length=15) { 8347 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length); 8348 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'; 8349 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'; 8350 $pool .= '0123456789'; 8351 $poollen = strlen($pool); 8352 $string = ''; 8353 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) { 8354 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]); 8355 $string .= substr($pool, ($rand%($poollen)), 1); 8356 } 8357 return $string; 8358 } 8359 8360 /** 8361 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts) 8362 * 8363 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a 8364 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters 8365 * 8366 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length 8367 * @return string 8368 */ 8369 function complex_random_string($length=null) { 8370 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789'; 8371 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} '; 8372 $poollen = strlen($pool); 8373 if ($length===null) { 8374 $length = floor(rand(24, 32)); 8375 } 8376 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length); 8377 $string = ''; 8378 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) { 8379 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]); 8380 $string .= $pool[($rand%$poollen)]; 8381 } 8382 return $string; 8383 } 8384 8385 /** 8386 * Try to generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes. 8387 * 8388 * Note this is achieved by fallbacking between: 8389 * - PHP 7 random_bytes(). 8390 * - OpenSSL openssl_random_pseudo_bytes(). 8391 * - In house random generator getting its entropy from various, hard to guess, pseudo-random sources. 8392 * 8393 * @param int $length requested length in bytes 8394 * @return string binary data 8395 */ 8396 function random_bytes_emulate($length) { 8397 global $CFG; 8398 if ($length <= 0) { 8399 debugging('Invalid random bytes length', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 8400 return ''; 8401 } 8402 if (function_exists('random_bytes')) { 8403 // Use PHP 7 goodness. 8404 $hash = @random_bytes($length); 8405 if ($hash !== false) { 8406 return $hash; 8407 } 8408 } 8409 if (function_exists('openssl_random_pseudo_bytes')) { 8410 // If you have the openssl extension enabled. 8411 $hash = openssl_random_pseudo_bytes($length); 8412 if ($hash !== false) { 8413 return $hash; 8414 } 8415 } 8416 8417 // Bad luck, there is no reliable random generator, let's just slowly hash some unique stuff that is hard to guess. 8418 $staticdata = serialize($CFG) . serialize($_SERVER); 8419 $hash = ''; 8420 do { 8421 $hash .= sha1($staticdata . microtime(true) . uniqid('', true), true); 8422 } while (strlen($hash) < $length); 8423 8424 return substr($hash, 0, $length); 8425 } 8426 8427 /** 8428 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length, 8429 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible 8430 * 8431 * @category string 8432 * @param string $text text to be shortened 8433 * @param int $ideal ideal string length 8434 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word 8435 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated 8436 * @return string $truncate shortened string 8437 */ 8438 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') { 8439 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text. 8440 if (core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) { 8441 return $text; 8442 } 8443 8444 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing 8445 // and only tag in its 'line'. 8446 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER); 8447 8448 $totallength = core_text::strlen($ending); 8449 $truncate = ''; 8450 8451 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position 8452 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields 8453 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos 8454 // (byte position in truncated text). 8455 $tagdetails = array(); 8456 8457 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) { 8458 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output. 8459 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) { 8460 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>). 8461 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) { 8462 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) { 8463 // Record closing tag. 8464 $tagdetails[] = (object) array( 8465 'open' => false, 8466 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]), 8467 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate), 8468 ); 8469 8470 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) { 8471 // Record opening tag. 8472 $tagdetails[] = (object) array( 8473 'open' => true, 8474 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]), 8475 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate), 8476 ); 8477 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--\[if\s.*?\]>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) { 8478 $tagdetails[] = (object) array( 8479 'open' => true, 8480 'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'), 8481 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate), 8482 ); 8483 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--<!\[endif\]-->$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) { 8484 $tagdetails[] = (object) array( 8485 'open' => false, 8486 'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'), 8487 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate), 8488 ); 8489 } 8490 } 8491 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text. 8492 $truncate .= $linematchings[1]; 8493 } 8494 8495 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character. 8496 $contentlength = core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2])); 8497 if ($totallength + $contentlength > $ideal) { 8498 // The number of characters which are left. 8499 $left = $ideal - $totallength; 8500 $entitieslength = 0; 8501 // Search for html entities. 8502 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE)) { 8503 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range. 8504 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) { 8505 if ($entity[1]+1-$entitieslength <= $left) { 8506 $left--; 8507 $entitieslength += core_text::strlen($entity[0]); 8508 } else { 8509 // No more characters left. 8510 break; 8511 } 8512 } 8513 } 8514 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength; 8515 8516 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle... 8517 if (!$exact) { 8518 // Search the last occurence of a space. 8519 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) { 8520 if ($char = core_text::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) { 8521 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') { 8522 $breakpos += 1; 8523 break; 8524 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) { 8525 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary. 8526 $breakpos += 1; 8527 break; 8528 } 8529 } 8530 } 8531 } 8532 if ($breakpos == 0) { 8533 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case. 8534 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength; 8535 } else if ($breakpos > $left + $entitieslength) { 8536 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char. 8537 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength; 8538 } 8539 8540 $truncate .= core_text::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos); 8541 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop. 8542 break; 8543 } else { 8544 $truncate .= $linematchings[2]; 8545 $totallength += $contentlength; 8546 } 8547 8548 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop. 8549 if ($totallength >= $ideal) { 8550 break; 8551 } 8552 } 8553 8554 // Add the defined ending to the text. 8555 $truncate .= $ending; 8556 8557 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position. 8558 $opentags = array(); 8559 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) { 8560 if ($taginfo->open) { 8561 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list. 8562 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag); 8563 } else { 8564 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one. 8565 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag, array_reverse($opentags, true)); 8566 if ($pos !== false) { 8567 unset($opentags[$pos]); 8568 } 8569 } 8570 } 8571 8572 // Close all unclosed html-tags. 8573 foreach ($opentags as $tag) { 8574 if ($tag === 'if') { 8575 $truncate .= '<!--<![endif]-->'; 8576 } else { 8577 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>'; 8578 } 8579 } 8580 8581 return $truncate; 8582 } 8583 8584 /** 8585 * Shortens a given filename by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length. 8586 * When the filename is too long, the file cannot be created on the filesystem due to exceeding max byte size. 8587 * Limiting the filename to a certain size (considering multibyte characters) will prevent this. 8588 * 8589 * @param string $filename file name 8590 * @param int $length ideal string length 8591 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness. 8592 * @return string $shortened shortened file name 8593 */ 8594 function shorten_filename($filename, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) { 8595 $shortened = $filename; 8596 // Extract a part of the filename if it's char size exceeds the ideal string length. 8597 if (core_text::strlen($filename) > $length) { 8598 // Exclude extension if present in filename. 8599 $mimetypes = get_mimetypes_array(); 8600 $extension = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_EXTENSION); 8601 if ($extension && !empty($mimetypes[$extension])) { 8602 $basename = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_FILENAME); 8603 $hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($basename), 0, 10); 8604 $shortened = core_text::substr($basename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash; 8605 $shortened .= '.' . $extension; 8606 } else { 8607 $hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($filename), 0, 10); 8608 $shortened = core_text::substr($filename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash; 8609 } 8610 } 8611 return $shortened; 8612 } 8613 8614 /** 8615 * Shortens a given array of filenames by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length. 8616 * 8617 * @param array $path The paths to reduce the length. 8618 * @param int $length Ideal string length 8619 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness. 8620 * @return array $result Shortened paths in array. 8621 */ 8622 function shorten_filenames(array $path, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) { 8623 $result = null; 8624 8625 $result = array_reduce($path, function($carry, $singlepath) use ($length, $includehash) { 8626 $carry[] = shorten_filename($singlepath, $length, $includehash); 8627 return $carry; 8628 }, []); 8629 8630 return $result; 8631 } 8632 8633 /** 8634 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate 8635 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ... 8636 * 8637 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date 8638 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date 8639 * @return string 8640 */ 8641 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) { 8642 if ($thedate < $startdate) { 8643 return 0; 8644 } 8645 8646 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS) + 1; 8647 } 8648 8649 /** 8650 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by 8651 * 8652 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and 8653 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254} 8654 * 8655 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated. 8656 * @return string 8657 */ 8658 function generate_password($maxlen=10) { 8659 global $CFG; 8660 8661 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) { 8662 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS; 8663 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist); 8664 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]); 8665 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]); 8666 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)]; 8667 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2; 8668 } else { 8669 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength) ? $CFG->minpasswordlength : 0; 8670 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits; 8671 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower; 8672 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper; 8673 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum; 8674 $total = $lower + $upper + $digits + $nonalphanum; 8675 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ). 8676 $minlen = $minlen < $total ? $total : $minlen; 8677 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen. 8678 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ? $minlen : $maxlen; 8679 $additional = $maxlen - $total; 8680 8681 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill 8682 // complexity requirements. 8683 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS; 8684 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) { 8685 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS; 8686 } 8687 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER; 8688 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) { 8689 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER; 8690 } 8691 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER; 8692 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) { 8693 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER; 8694 } 8695 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM; 8696 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) { 8697 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM; 8698 } 8699 8700 // Now mix and shuffle it all. 8701 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) . 8702 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) . 8703 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) . 8704 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) . 8705 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower . 8706 $passwordupper . 8707 $passworddigits . 8708 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional)); 8709 } 8710 8711 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen); 8712 } 8713 8714 /** 8715 * Given a float, prints it nicely. 8716 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations! 8717 * 8718 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small 8719 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing 8720 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example, 8721 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'. 8722 * 8723 * @param float $float The float to print 8724 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print. -1 is a special value for auto detect (full precision). 8725 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator 8726 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point. It will be ignored and the trailing zeros after 8727 * the decimal point are always striped if $decimalpoints is -1. 8728 * @return string locale float 8729 */ 8730 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) { 8731 if (is_null($float)) { 8732 return ''; 8733 } 8734 if ($localized) { 8735 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'); 8736 } else { 8737 $separator = '.'; 8738 } 8739 if ($decimalpoints == -1) { 8740 // The following counts the number of decimals. 8741 // It is safe as both floatval() and round() functions have same behaviour when non-numeric values are provided. 8742 $floatval = floatval($float); 8743 for ($decimalpoints = 0; $floatval != round($float, $decimalpoints); $decimalpoints++); 8744 } 8745 8746 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, ''); 8747 if ($stripzeros && $decimalpoints > 0) { 8748 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed. 8749 // However, only do this if there is a decimal point! 8750 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator, '~') . ')?0+$~', '', $result); 8751 } 8752 return $result; 8753 } 8754 8755 /** 8756 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value 8757 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats! 8758 * 8759 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation 8760 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number. 8761 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float. 8762 */ 8763 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) { 8764 $localefloat = trim($localefloat); 8765 8766 if ($localefloat == '') { 8767 return null; 8768 } 8769 8770 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators. 8771 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat); 8772 8773 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) { 8774 return false; 8775 } 8776 8777 return (float)$localefloat; 8778 } 8779 8780 /** 8781 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle() 8782 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine. 8783 * 8784 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged 8785 * @return array 8786 */ 8787 function swapshuffle($array) { 8788 8789 $last = count($array) - 1; 8790 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++) { 8791 $from = rand(0, $last); 8792 $curr = $array[$i]; 8793 $array[$i] = $array[$from]; 8794 $array[$from] = $curr; 8795 } 8796 return $array; 8797 } 8798 8799 /** 8800 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays 8801 * 8802 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged 8803 * @return array 8804 */ 8805 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) { 8806 8807 $newarray = array(); 8808 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array)); 8809 8810 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) { 8811 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey]; 8812 } 8813 return $newarray; 8814 } 8815 8816 /** 8817 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws, 8818 * this function returns an array with that amount 8819 * of items. The indexes are retained. 8820 * 8821 * @todo Finish documenting this function 8822 * 8823 * @param array $array 8824 * @param int $draws 8825 * @return array 8826 */ 8827 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) { 8828 8829 $return = array(); 8830 8831 $last = count($array); 8832 8833 if ($draws > $last) { 8834 $draws = $last; 8835 } 8836 8837 while ($draws > 0) { 8838 $last--; 8839 8840 $keys = array_keys($array); 8841 $rand = rand(0, $last); 8842 8843 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]]; 8844 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]); 8845 8846 $draws--; 8847 } 8848 8849 return $return; 8850 } 8851 8852 /** 8853 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes 8854 * 8855 * @param string $a The first Microtime 8856 * @param string $b The second Microtime 8857 * @return string 8858 */ 8859 function microtime_diff($a, $b) { 8860 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a); 8861 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b); 8862 return $bsec - $asec + $bdec - $adec; 8863 } 8864 8865 /** 8866 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns 8867 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc 8868 * 8869 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits 8870 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string 8871 * @return array The now assembled array 8872 */ 8873 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') { 8874 8875 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true); 8876 foreach ($array as $key => $item) { 8877 $outarray[$key+1] = trim($item); 8878 } 8879 return $outarray; 8880 } 8881 8882 /** 8883 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that 8884 * can be chosen using the given grading type. 8885 * 8886 * Negative numbers 8887 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum 8888 * grades. 8889 * 8890 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely! 8891 * 8892 * @param int $gradingtype 8893 * @return array 8894 */ 8895 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) { 8896 global $DB; 8897 8898 $grades = array(); 8899 if ($gradingtype < 0) { 8900 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) { 8901 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale); 8902 } 8903 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) { 8904 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) { 8905 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype; 8906 } 8907 return $grades; 8908 } 8909 return $grades; 8910 } 8911 8912 /** 8913 * make_unique_id_code 8914 * 8915 * @todo Finish documenting this function 8916 * 8917 * @uses $_SERVER 8918 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code 8919 * @return string 8920 */ 8921 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') { 8922 8923 $hostname = 'unknownhost'; 8924 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) { 8925 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']; 8926 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) { 8927 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST']; 8928 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) { 8929 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME']; 8930 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) { 8931 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME']; 8932 } 8933 8934 $date = gmdate("ymdHis"); 8935 8936 $random = random_string(6); 8937 8938 if ($extra) { 8939 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra; 8940 } else { 8941 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random; 8942 } 8943 } 8944 8945 8946 /** 8947 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet 8948 * 8949 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions. 8950 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats: 8951 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask) 8952 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group) 8953 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-) 8954 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at 8955 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php} 8956 * 8957 * @param string $addr The address you are checking 8958 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses 8959 * @param bool $checkallzeros The state to whether check for 0.0.0.0 8960 * @return bool 8961 */ 8962 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr, $checkallzeros = false) { 8963 8964 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0' && !$checkallzeros) { 8965 return false; 8966 } 8967 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr); 8968 $found = false; 8969 $addr = trim($addr); 8970 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise. 8971 if ($addr === null) { 8972 return false; 8973 } 8974 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr); 8975 8976 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':'); 8977 8978 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) { 8979 $subnet = trim($subnet); 8980 if ($subnet === '') { 8981 continue; 8982 } 8983 8984 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) { 8985 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn. 8986 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet); 8987 $mask = trim($mask); 8988 if (!is_number($mask)) { 8989 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh? 8990 } 8991 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise. 8992 if ($ip === null) { 8993 continue; 8994 } 8995 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) { 8996 // IPv6. 8997 if (!$ipv6) { 8998 continue; 8999 } 9000 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) { 9001 continue; // Nonsense. 9002 } 9003 if ($mask == 0) { 9004 return true; // Any address. 9005 } 9006 if ($mask == 128) { 9007 if ($ip === $addr) { 9008 return true; 9009 } 9010 continue; 9011 } 9012 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip); 9013 $modulo = $mask % 16; 9014 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16); 9015 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16); 9016 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) { 9017 if ($modulo == 0) { 9018 return true; 9019 } 9020 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16; 9021 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]); 9022 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]); 9023 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo); 9024 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) { 9025 return true; 9026 } 9027 } 9028 9029 } else { 9030 // IPv4. 9031 if ($ipv6) { 9032 continue; 9033 } 9034 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) { 9035 continue; // Nonsense. 9036 } 9037 if ($mask == 0) { 9038 return true; 9039 } 9040 if ($mask == 32) { 9041 if ($ip === $addr) { 9042 return true; 9043 } 9044 continue; 9045 } 9046 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask); 9047 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) { 9048 return true; 9049 } 9050 } 9051 9052 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) { 9053 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group. 9054 $parts = explode('-', $subnet); 9055 if (count($parts) != 2) { 9056 continue; 9057 } 9058 9059 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) { 9060 // IPv6. 9061 if (!$ipv6) { 9062 continue; 9063 } 9064 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise. 9065 if ($ipstart === null) { 9066 continue; 9067 } 9068 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart); 9069 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts)); 9070 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]); 9071 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise. 9072 if ($ipend === null) { 9073 continue; 9074 } 9075 $ipparts[7] = ''; 9076 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts); 9077 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) { 9078 continue; 9079 } 9080 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend); 9081 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]); 9082 9083 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]); 9084 9085 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) { 9086 return true; 9087 } 9088 9089 } else { 9090 // IPv4. 9091 if ($ipv6) { 9092 continue; 9093 } 9094 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise. 9095 if ($ipstart === null) { 9096 continue; 9097 } 9098 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart); 9099 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]); 9100 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise. 9101 if ($ipend === null) { 9102 continue; 9103 } 9104 9105 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) { 9106 return true; 9107 } 9108 } 9109 9110 } else { 9111 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. 9112 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) { 9113 // IPv6. 9114 if (!$ipv6) { 9115 continue; 9116 } 9117 $parts = explode(':', $subnet); 9118 $count = count($parts); 9119 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') { 9120 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s. 9121 $count--; 9122 $subnet = implode('.', $parts); 9123 } 9124 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise. 9125 if ($isip !== null) { 9126 if ($isip === $addr) { 9127 return true; 9128 } 9129 continue; 9130 } else if ($count > 8) { 9131 continue; 9132 } 9133 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0'); 9134 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16); 9135 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) { 9136 return true; 9137 } 9138 9139 } else { 9140 // IPv4. 9141 if ($ipv6) { 9142 continue; 9143 } 9144 $parts = explode('.', $subnet); 9145 $count = count($parts); 9146 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') { 9147 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing . 9148 $count--; 9149 $subnet = implode('.', $parts); 9150 } 9151 if ($count == 4) { 9152 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise. 9153 if ($subnet === $addr) { 9154 return true; 9155 } 9156 continue; 9157 } else if ($count > 4) { 9158 continue; 9159 } 9160 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0'); 9161 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8); 9162 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) { 9163 return true; 9164 } 9165 } 9166 } 9167 } 9168 9169 return false; 9170 } 9171 9172 /** 9173 * For outputting debugging info 9174 * 9175 * @param string $string The string to write 9176 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use 9177 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep 9178 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect 9179 */ 9180 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) { 9181 global $CFG; 9182 9183 if (isset($CFG->mtrace_wrapper) && function_exists($CFG->mtrace_wrapper)) { 9184 $fn = $CFG->mtrace_wrapper; 9185 $fn($string, $eol); 9186 return; 9187 } else if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST && !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) { 9188 // We must explicitly call the add_line function here. 9189 // Uses of fwrite to STDOUT are not picked up by ob_start. 9190 if ($output = \core\task\logmanager::add_line("{$string}{$eol}")) { 9191 fwrite(STDOUT, $output); 9192 } 9193 } else { 9194 echo $string . $eol; 9195 } 9196 9197 // Flush again. 9198 flush(); 9199 9200 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect. 9201 if ($sleep) { 9202 sleep($sleep); 9203 } 9204 } 9205 9206 /** 9207 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash 9208 * 9209 * @param string $path The path to strip 9210 * @return string the path with double slashes removed 9211 */ 9212 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) { 9213 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path); 9214 } 9215 9216 /** 9217 * Is the current ip in a given list? 9218 * 9219 * @param string $list 9220 * @return bool 9221 */ 9222 function remoteip_in_list($list) { 9223 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null); 9224 9225 if (!$clientip) { 9226 // Ensure access on cli. 9227 return true; 9228 } 9229 return \core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($clientip, $list); 9230 } 9231 9232 /** 9233 * Returns most reliable client address 9234 * 9235 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this 9236 * @return string The remote IP address 9237 */ 9238 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') { 9239 global $CFG; 9240 9241 if (!isset($CFG->getremoteaddrconf)) { 9242 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the 9243 // user is redirected to the admin screen. 9244 $variablestoskip = GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT; 9245 } else { 9246 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf; 9247 } 9248 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP)) { 9249 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) { 9250 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']); 9251 return $address ? $address : $default; 9252 } 9253 } 9254 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR)) { 9255 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) { 9256 $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']); 9257 9258 $forwardedaddresses = array_filter($forwardedaddresses, function($ip) { 9259 global $CFG; 9260 return !\core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($ip, $CFG->reverseproxyignore ?? '', ','); 9261 }); 9262 9263 // Multiple proxies can append values to this header including an 9264 // untrusted original request header so we must only trust the last ip. 9265 $address = end($forwardedaddresses); 9266 9267 if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) { 9268 // Remove port and brackets from IPv6. 9269 if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) { 9270 $address = $matches[1]; 9271 } 9272 } else { 9273 // Remove port from IPv4. 9274 if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) { 9275 $parts = explode(":", $address); 9276 $address = $parts[0]; 9277 } 9278 } 9279 9280 $address = cleanremoteaddr($address); 9281 return $address ? $address : $default; 9282 } 9283 } 9284 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) { 9285 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']); 9286 return $address ? $address : $default; 9287 } else { 9288 return $default; 9289 } 9290 } 9291 9292 /** 9293 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed. 9294 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.) 9295 * 9296 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address 9297 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression 9298 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error 9299 */ 9300 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) { 9301 $addr = trim($addr); 9302 9303 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) { 9304 // Can be only IPv6. 9305 $parts = explode(':', $addr); 9306 $count = count($parts); 9307 9308 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) { 9309 // Legacy ipv4 notation. 9310 $last = array_pop($parts); 9311 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true); 9312 if ($ipv4 === null) { 9313 return null; 9314 } 9315 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4); 9316 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]); 9317 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]); 9318 $count = count($parts); 9319 $addr = implode(':', $parts); 9320 } 9321 9322 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) { 9323 return null; // Severly malformed. 9324 } 9325 9326 if ($count != 8) { 9327 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) { 9328 return null; // Malformed. 9329 } 9330 // Uncompress. 9331 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true); 9332 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 + 8 - $count, '0'); 9333 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing); 9334 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) { 9335 if ($part === '') { 9336 $parts[$key] = '0'; 9337 } 9338 } 9339 } 9340 9341 $adr = implode(':', $parts); 9342 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) { 9343 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry. 9344 } 9345 9346 // Normalise 0s and case. 9347 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts); 9348 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts); 9349 9350 $result = implode(':', $parts); 9351 9352 if (!$compress) { 9353 return $result; 9354 } 9355 9356 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') { 9357 return '::'; // All addresses. 9358 } 9359 9360 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1); 9361 if ($compressed !== $result) { 9362 return $compressed; 9363 } 9364 9365 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1); 9366 if ($compressed !== $result) { 9367 return $compressed; 9368 } 9369 9370 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1); 9371 if ($compressed !== $result) { 9372 return $compressed; 9373 } 9374 9375 return $result; 9376 } 9377 9378 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses. 9379 $parts = array(); 9380 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) { 9381 return null; 9382 } 9383 unset($parts[0]); 9384 9385 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) { 9386 if ($match > 255) { 9387 return null; 9388 } 9389 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s. 9390 } 9391 9392 return implode('.', $parts); 9393 } 9394 9395 9396 /** 9397 * Is IP address a public address? 9398 * 9399 * @param string $ip The ip to check 9400 * @return bool true if the ip is public 9401 */ 9402 function ip_is_public($ip) { 9403 return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE)); 9404 } 9405 9406 /** 9407 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given, 9408 * regardless of whether it's an object or not. 9409 * 9410 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned 9411 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it 9412 */ 9413 function fullclone($thing) { 9414 return unserialize(serialize($thing)); 9415 } 9416 9417 /** 9418 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max 9419 * 9420 * Make sure that value is between min, and max 9421 * 9422 * @param int $min The minimum value 9423 * @param int $value The value to check 9424 * @param int $max The maximum value 9425 * @return int 9426 */ 9427 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) { 9428 if ($value < $min) { 9429 return $min; 9430 } 9431 if ($value > $max) { 9432 return $max; 9433 } 9434 return $value; 9435 } 9436 9437 /** 9438 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array 9439 * 9440 * @param array $array 9441 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise 9442 */ 9443 function array_is_nested($array) { 9444 foreach ($array as $value) { 9445 if (is_array($value)) { 9446 return true; 9447 } 9448 } 9449 return false; 9450 } 9451 9452 /** 9453 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info() 9454 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt' 9455 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided 9456 * separately as well. 9457 * 9458 * @return array 9459 */ 9460 function get_performance_info() { 9461 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE; 9462 9463 $info = array(); 9464 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation. 9465 9466 $info['html'] = ''; 9467 if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode)) { 9468 // Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on. 9469 $info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>'; 9470 } 9471 $info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">'; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation. 9472 9473 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime, microtime()); 9474 9475 $info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused col-sm-4">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> '; 9476 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s '; 9477 9478 // GET/POST (or NULL if $_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] is undefined) is useful for txt logged information. 9479 $info['txt'] .= 'method: ' . ($_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] ?? "NULL") . ' '; 9480 9481 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) { 9482 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage(); 9483 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory; 9484 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> '; 9485 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '. 9486 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') '; 9487 } 9488 9489 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) { 9490 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage(); 9491 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> '; 9492 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') '; 9493 } 9494 9495 $info['html'] .= '</ul><ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">'; 9496 $inc = get_included_files(); 9497 $info['includecount'] = count($inc); 9498 $info['html'] .= '<li class="included col-sm-4">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> '; 9499 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' '; 9500 9501 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang) or empty($PAGE)) { 9502 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry. 9503 return $info; 9504 } 9505 9506 $filtermanager = filter_manager::instance(); 9507 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) { 9508 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary(); 9509 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info); 9510 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) { 9511 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> "; 9512 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value "; 9513 } 9514 } 9515 9516 $stringmanager = get_string_manager(); 9517 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) { 9518 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary(); 9519 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info); 9520 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) { 9521 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> "; 9522 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value "; 9523 } 9524 } 9525 9526 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites)) { 9527 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites; 9528 $info['html'] .= '<li class="logwrites col-sm-4">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</li> '; 9529 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' '; 9530 } 9531 9532 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites); 9533 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> '; 9534 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' '; 9535 9536 if ($DB->want_read_slave()) { 9537 $info['dbreads_slave'] = $DB->perf_get_reads_slave(); 9538 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].'</li> '; 9539 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].' '; 9540 } 9541 9542 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5); 9543 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime col-sm-4">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> '; 9544 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's '; 9545 9546 if (function_exists('posix_times')) { 9547 $ptimes = posix_times(); 9548 if (is_array($ptimes)) { 9549 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) { 9550 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes[$key]; 9551 } 9552 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes col-sm-4\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime]"; 9553 $info['html'] .= "sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> "; 9554 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] "; 9555 } 9556 } 9557 9558 // Grab the load average for the last minute. 9559 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations 9560 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices. 9561 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file('/proc/loadavg')) { 9562 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]); 9563 unset($loadavg); 9564 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) { 9565 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) { 9566 $serverload = $matches[1]; 9567 } else { 9568 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!'); 9569 } 9570 } 9571 if (!empty($serverload)) { 9572 $info['serverload'] = $serverload; 9573 $info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload col-sm-4">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> '; 9574 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} "; 9575 } 9576 9577 // Display size of session if session started. 9578 if ($si = \core\session\manager::get_performance_info()) { 9579 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size']; 9580 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"serverload col-sm-4\">" . $si['html'] . "</li>"; 9581 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt']; 9582 } 9583 9584 $info['html'] .= '</ul>'; 9585 $html = ''; 9586 if ($stats = cache_helper::get_stats()) { 9587 9588 $table = new html_table(); 9589 $table->attributes['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered'; 9590 $table->head = ['Mode', 'Cache item', 'Static', 'H', 'M', get_string('mappingprimary', 'cache'), 'H', 'M', 'S']; 9591 $table->data = []; 9592 $table->align = ['left', 'left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right']; 9593 9594 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): '; 9595 $hits = 0; 9596 $misses = 0; 9597 $sets = 0; 9598 $maxstores = 0; 9599 9600 // We want to align static caches into their own column. 9601 $hasstatic = false; 9602 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) { 9603 $numstores = count($details['stores']); 9604 $first = key($details['stores']); 9605 if ($first !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) { 9606 $numstores++; // Add a blank space for the missing static store. 9607 } 9608 $maxstores = max($maxstores, $numstores); 9609 } 9610 9611 $storec = 0; 9612 9613 while ($storec++ < ($maxstores - 2)) { 9614 if ($storec == ($maxstores - 2)) { 9615 $table->head[] = get_string('mappingfinal', 'cache'); 9616 } else { 9617 $table->head[] = "Store $storec"; 9618 } 9619 $table->align[] = 'left'; 9620 $table->align[] = 'right'; 9621 $table->align[] = 'right'; 9622 $table->align[] = 'right'; 9623 $table->head[] = 'H'; 9624 $table->head[] = 'M'; 9625 $table->head[] = 'S'; 9626 } 9627 9628 ksort($stats); 9629 9630 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) { 9631 switch ($details['mode']) { 9632 case cache_store::MODE_APPLICATION: 9633 $modeclass = 'application'; 9634 $mode = ' <span title="application cache">App</span>'; 9635 break; 9636 case cache_store::MODE_SESSION: 9637 $modeclass = 'session'; 9638 $mode = ' <span title="session cache">Ses</span>'; 9639 break; 9640 case cache_store::MODE_REQUEST: 9641 $modeclass = 'request'; 9642 $mode = ' <span title="request cache">Req</span>'; 9643 break; 9644 } 9645 $row = [$mode, $definition]; 9646 9647 $text .= "$definition {"; 9648 9649 $storec = 0; 9650 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) { 9651 9652 if ($storec == 0 && $store !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) { 9653 $row[] = ''; 9654 $row[] = ''; 9655 $row[] = ''; 9656 $storec++; 9657 } 9658 9659 $hits += $data['hits']; 9660 $misses += $data['misses']; 9661 $sets += $data['sets']; 9662 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) { 9663 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger'; 9664 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) { 9665 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark'; 9666 } else { 9667 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits'; 9668 } 9669 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) "; 9670 $cell = new html_table_cell($store); 9671 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9672 $row[] = $cell; 9673 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']); 9674 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9675 $row[] = $cell; 9676 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']); 9677 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9678 $row[] = $cell; 9679 9680 if ($store !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) { 9681 // The static cache is never set. 9682 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']); 9683 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9684 $row[] = $cell; 9685 } 9686 $storec++; 9687 } 9688 while ($storec++ < $maxstores) { 9689 $row[] = ''; 9690 $row[] = ''; 9691 $row[] = ''; 9692 $row[] = ''; 9693 } 9694 $text .= '} '; 9695 9696 $table->data[] = $row; 9697 } 9698 9699 $html .= html_writer::table($table); 9700 9701 // Now lets also show sub totals for each cache store. 9702 $storetotals = []; 9703 $storetotal = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0]; 9704 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) { 9705 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) { 9706 if (!array_key_exists($store, $storetotals)) { 9707 $storetotals[$store] = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0]; 9708 } 9709 $storetotals[$store]['class'] = $data['class']; 9710 $storetotals[$store]['hits'] += $data['hits']; 9711 $storetotals[$store]['misses'] += $data['misses']; 9712 $storetotals[$store]['sets'] += $data['sets']; 9713 $storetotal['hits'] += $data['hits']; 9714 $storetotal['misses'] += $data['misses']; 9715 $storetotal['sets'] += $data['sets']; 9716 } 9717 } 9718 9719 $table = new html_table(); 9720 $table->attributes['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered'; 9721 $table->head = [get_string('storename', 'cache'), get_string('type_cachestore', 'plugin'), 'H', 'M', 'S']; 9722 $table->data = []; 9723 $table->align = ['left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right']; 9724 9725 ksort($storetotals); 9726 9727 foreach ($storetotals as $store => $data) { 9728 $row = []; 9729 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) { 9730 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger'; 9731 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) { 9732 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark'; 9733 } else { 9734 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits'; 9735 } 9736 $cell = new html_table_cell($store); 9737 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9738 $row[] = $cell; 9739 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['class']); 9740 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9741 $row[] = $cell; 9742 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']); 9743 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9744 $row[] = $cell; 9745 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']); 9746 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9747 $row[] = $cell; 9748 $cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']); 9749 $cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass]; 9750 $row[] = $cell; 9751 $table->data[] = $row; 9752 } 9753 $row = [ 9754 get_string('total'), 9755 '', 9756 $storetotal['hits'], 9757 $storetotal['misses'], 9758 $storetotal['sets'], 9759 ]; 9760 $table->data[] = $row; 9761 9762 $html .= html_writer::table($table); 9763 9764 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets"; 9765 $info['html'] .= $html; 9766 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. '; 9767 } else { 9768 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0'; 9769 $info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>'; 9770 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 '; 9771 } 9772 9773 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo container-fluid px-md-0 overflow-auto mt-3">'.$info['html'].'</div>'; 9774 return $info; 9775 } 9776 9777 /** 9778 * Renames a file or directory to a unique name within the same directory. 9779 * 9780 * This function is designed to avoid any potential race conditions, and select an unused name. 9781 * 9782 * @param string $filepath Original filepath 9783 * @param string $prefix Prefix to use for the temporary name 9784 * @return string|bool New file path or false if failed 9785 * @since Moodle 3.10 9786 */ 9787 function rename_to_unused_name(string $filepath, string $prefix = '_temp_') { 9788 $dir = dirname($filepath); 9789 $basename = $dir . '/' . $prefix; 9790 $limit = 0; 9791 while ($limit < 100) { 9792 // Select a new name based on a random number. 9793 $newfilepath = $basename . md5(mt_rand()); 9794 9795 // Attempt a rename to that new name. 9796 if (@rename($filepath, $newfilepath)) { 9797 return $newfilepath; 9798 } 9799 9800 // The first time, do some sanity checks, maybe it is failing for a good reason and there 9801 // is no point trying 100 times if so. 9802 if ($limit === 0 && (!file_exists($filepath) || !is_writable($dir))) { 9803 return false; 9804 } 9805 $limit++; 9806 } 9807 return false; 9808 } 9809 9810 /** 9811 * Delete directory or only its content 9812 * 9813 * @param string $dir directory path 9814 * @param bool $contentonly 9815 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist 9816 */ 9817 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) { 9818 if (!is_dir($dir)) { 9819 // Nothing to do. 9820 return true; 9821 } 9822 9823 if (!$contentonly) { 9824 // Start by renaming the directory; this will guarantee that other processes don't write to it 9825 // while it is in the process of being deleted. 9826 $tempdir = rename_to_unused_name($dir); 9827 if ($tempdir) { 9828 // If the rename was successful then delete the $tempdir instead. 9829 $dir = $tempdir; 9830 } 9831 // If the rename fails, we will continue through and attempt to delete the directory 9832 // without renaming it since that is likely to at least delete most of the files. 9833 } 9834 9835 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) { 9836 return false; 9837 } 9838 $result = true; 9839 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) { 9840 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') { 9841 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) { 9842 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result; 9843 } else { 9844 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result; 9845 } 9846 } 9847 } 9848 closedir($handle); 9849 if ($contentonly) { 9850 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated. 9851 return $result; 9852 } 9853 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result. 9854 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated. 9855 return $result; 9856 } 9857 9858 /** 9859 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property 9860 * will take an actual object or the name of a class 9861 * 9862 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test 9863 * @param string $property name of property to find 9864 * @return bool true if property exists 9865 */ 9866 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) { 9867 if (is_string( $obj )) { 9868 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj ); 9869 } else { 9870 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj ); 9871 } 9872 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties ); 9873 } 9874 9875 /** 9876 * Converts an object into an associative array 9877 * 9878 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating 9879 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach 9880 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects. 9881 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is. 9882 * 9883 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate 9884 * and return all available properties in getIterator() 9885 * 9886 * @param mixed $var 9887 * @return array 9888 */ 9889 function convert_to_array($var) { 9890 $result = array(); 9891 9892 // Loop over elements/properties. 9893 foreach ($var as $key => $value) { 9894 // Recursively convert objects. 9895 if (is_object($value) || is_array($value)) { 9896 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value); 9897 } else { 9898 // Simple values are untouched. 9899 $result[$key] = $value; 9900 } 9901 } 9902 return $result; 9903 } 9904 9905 /** 9906 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will 9907 * replace an existing moodle script 9908 * 9909 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists 9910 */ 9911 function custom_script_path() { 9912 global $CFG, $SCRIPT; 9913 9914 if ($SCRIPT === null) { 9915 // Probably some weird external script. 9916 return false; 9917 } 9918 9919 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts . $SCRIPT; 9920 9921 // Check the custom script exists. 9922 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) { 9923 return $scriptpath; 9924 } else { 9925 return false; 9926 } 9927 } 9928 9929 /** 9930 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function 9931 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code. 9932 * 9933 * @param object $user A valid user object 9934 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle. 9935 */ 9936 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) { 9937 global $CFG; 9938 9939 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) { 9940 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php'); 9941 $env = new mnet_environment(); 9942 $env->init(); 9943 unset($env); 9944 } 9945 9946 return (!empty($user->mnethostid) && $user->mnethostid != $CFG->mnet_localhost_id); 9947 } 9948 9949 /** 9950 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle 9951 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined 9952 */ 9953 function setup_lang_from_browser() { 9954 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER; 9955 9956 if (!empty($SESSION->lang) or !empty($USER->lang) or empty($CFG->autolang)) { 9957 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do. 9958 return; 9959 } 9960 9961 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do. 9962 return; 9963 } 9964 9965 // Extract and clean langs from headers. 9966 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE']; 9967 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores. 9968 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array. 9969 $langs = array(); 9970 9971 $order = 1.0; 9972 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) { 9973 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) { 9974 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang; 9975 $order = $order-0.01; 9976 } else { 9977 $parts = explode(';', $lang); 9978 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '='); 9979 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+1)] = $parts[0]; 9980 } 9981 } 9982 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC); 9983 9984 // Look for such langs under standard locations. 9985 foreach ($langs as $lang) { 9986 // Clean it properly for include. 9987 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR)); 9988 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) { 9989 // Lang exists, set it in session. 9990 $SESSION->lang = $lang; 9991 // We have finished. Go out. 9992 break; 9993 } 9994 } 9995 return; 9996 } 9997 9998 /** 9999 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list 10000 * 10001 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad) 10002 * 10003 * @param string $url url to check 10004 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy 10005 */ 10006 function is_proxybypass( $url ) { 10007 global $CFG; 10008 10009 // Sanity check. 10010 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost) or empty($CFG->proxybypass)) { 10011 return false; 10012 } 10013 10014 // Get the host part out of the url. 10015 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST )) { 10016 return false; 10017 } 10018 10019 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array. 10020 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass ); 10021 10022 // Check for a exact match on the IP or in the domains. 10023 $isdomaininallowedlist = \core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list($host, $matches); 10024 $isipinsubnetlist = \core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($host, $CFG->proxybypass, ','); 10025 10026 if ($isdomaininallowedlist || $isipinsubnetlist) { 10027 return true; 10028 } 10029 10030 // Nothing matched. 10031 return false; 10032 } 10033 10034 /** 10035 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style 10036 * 10037 * @param mixed $navigation 10038 * @return bool true for yes false for no 10039 */ 10040 function is_newnav($navigation) { 10041 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) { 10042 return true; 10043 } else { 10044 return false; 10045 } 10046 } 10047 10048 /** 10049 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object. 10050 * 10051 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables. 10052 * 10053 * @param string $var The variable name 10054 * @param object $object The object to check 10055 * @return boolean 10056 */ 10057 function in_object_vars($var, $object) { 10058 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object)); 10059 $classvars = array_keys($classvars); 10060 return in_array($var, $classvars); 10061 } 10062 10063 /** 10064 * Returns an array without repeated objects. 10065 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values 10066 * 10067 * @param array $array 10068 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc 10069 * @return array 10070 */ 10071 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) { 10072 $duplicatekeys = array(); 10073 $tmp = array(); 10074 10075 foreach ($array as $key => $val) { 10076 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects. 10077 if (is_object($val)) { 10078 $val = (array)$val; 10079 } 10080 10081 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) { 10082 $tmp[] = $val; 10083 } else { 10084 $duplicatekeys[] = $key; 10085 } 10086 } 10087 10088 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) { 10089 unset($array[$key]); 10090 } 10091 10092 return $keepkeyassoc ? $array : array_values($array); 10093 } 10094 10095 /** 10096 * Is a userid the primary administrator? 10097 * 10098 * @param int $userid int id of user to check 10099 * @return boolean 10100 */ 10101 function is_primary_admin($userid) { 10102 $primaryadmin = get_admin(); 10103 10104 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id) { 10105 return true; 10106 } else { 10107 return false; 10108 } 10109 } 10110 10111 /** 10112 * Returns the site identifier 10113 * 10114 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised. 10115 */ 10116 function get_site_identifier() { 10117 global $CFG; 10118 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it. 10119 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier)) { 10120 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']); 10121 } 10122 // Return it. 10123 return $CFG->siteidentifier; 10124 } 10125 10126 /** 10127 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified 10128 * number of consecutive identical characters. 10129 * 10130 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy 10131 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters 10132 * @return bool 10133 */ 10134 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) { 10135 10136 if ($maxchars < 1) { 10137 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check. 10138 } 10139 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) { 10140 return true; // Too short to fail this test. 10141 } 10142 10143 $previouschar = ''; 10144 $consecutivecount = 1; 10145 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) { 10146 if ($char != $previouschar) { 10147 $consecutivecount = 1; 10148 } else { 10149 $consecutivecount++; 10150 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) { 10151 return false; // Check failed already. 10152 } 10153 } 10154 10155 $previouschar = $char; 10156 } 10157 10158 return true; 10159 } 10160 10161 /** 10162 * Helper function to do partial function binding. 10163 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example 10164 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods 10165 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so: 10166 * 10167 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2); 10168 * or 10169 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2); 10170 * or even 10171 * $obj = new someclass(); 10172 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2); 10173 * 10174 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list. 10175 * 10176 * @param mixed $function a php callback 10177 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with 10178 * @return array Array callback 10179 */ 10180 function partial() { 10181 if (!class_exists('partial')) { 10182 /** 10183 * Used to manage function binding. 10184 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach 10185 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 10186 */ 10187 class partial{ 10188 /** @var array */ 10189 public $values = array(); 10190 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */ 10191 public $func; 10192 /** 10193 * Constructor 10194 * @param string $func 10195 * @param array $args 10196 */ 10197 public function __construct($func, $args) { 10198 $this->values = $args; 10199 $this->func = $func; 10200 } 10201 /** 10202 * Calls the callback function. 10203 * @return mixed 10204 */ 10205 public function method() { 10206 $args = func_get_args(); 10207 return call_user_func_array($this->func, array_merge($this->values, $args)); 10208 } 10209 } 10210 } 10211 $args = func_get_args(); 10212 $func = array_shift($args); 10213 $p = new partial($func, $args); 10214 return array($p, 'method'); 10215 } 10216 10217 /** 10218 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment 10219 * this must be called before you use mnet functions. 10220 * 10221 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global 10222 */ 10223 function get_mnet_environment() { 10224 global $CFG; 10225 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php'); 10226 static $instance = null; 10227 if (empty($instance)) { 10228 $instance = new mnet_environment(); 10229 $instance->init(); 10230 } 10231 return $instance; 10232 } 10233 10234 /** 10235 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access 10236 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it. 10237 * 10238 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global 10239 */ 10240 function get_mnet_remote_client() { 10241 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) { 10242 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet')); 10243 return false; 10244 } 10245 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT; 10246 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) { 10247 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT; 10248 } 10249 return false; 10250 } 10251 10252 /** 10253 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called 10254 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client} 10255 * 10256 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up 10257 * @throws moodle_exception 10258 */ 10259 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) { 10260 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) { 10261 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'); 10262 } 10263 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT; 10264 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client; 10265 } 10266 10267 /** 10268 * return the jump url for a given remote user 10269 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc 10270 * 10271 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for 10272 */ 10273 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) { 10274 global $CFG; 10275 10276 static $mnetjumps = array(); 10277 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid, $mnetjumps)) { 10278 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid); 10279 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid); 10280 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid] = $idp->wwwroot . $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot . '&wantsurl='; 10281 } 10282 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid]; 10283 } 10284 10285 /** 10286 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user 10287 * 10288 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_* 10289 */ 10290 function get_home_page() { 10291 global $CFG; 10292 10293 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage)) { 10294 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) { 10295 return HOMEPAGE_MY; 10296 } else { 10297 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY); 10298 } 10299 } 10300 return HOMEPAGE_SITE; 10301 } 10302 10303 /** 10304 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses. 10305 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The 10306 * result of this function should be passed through print_string. 10307 * @param stdClass|core_course_list_element $course Moodle course object 10308 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname) 10309 */ 10310 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) { 10311 global $CFG; 10312 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames)) { 10313 if (!($course instanceof stdClass)) { 10314 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course); 10315 } 10316 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course); 10317 } else { 10318 return $course->fullname; 10319 } 10320 } 10321 10322 /** 10323 * Safe analogue of unserialize() that can only parse arrays 10324 * 10325 * Arrays may contain only integers or strings as both keys and values. Nested arrays are allowed. 10326 * 10327 * @param string $expression 10328 * @return array|bool either parsed array or false if parsing was impossible. 10329 */ 10330 function unserialize_array($expression) { 10331 10332 // Check the expression is an array. 10333 if (!preg_match('/^a:(\d+):/', $expression)) { 10334 return false; 10335 } 10336 10337 $values = (array) unserialize_object($expression); 10338 10339 // Callback that returns true if the given value is an unserialized object, executes recursively. 10340 $invalidvaluecallback = static function($value) use (&$invalidvaluecallback): bool { 10341 if (is_array($value)) { 10342 return (bool) array_filter($value, $invalidvaluecallback); 10343 } 10344 return ($value instanceof stdClass) || ($value instanceof __PHP_Incomplete_Class); 10345 }; 10346 10347 // Iterate over the result to ensure there are no stray objects. 10348 if (array_filter($values, $invalidvaluecallback)) { 10349 return false; 10350 } 10351 10352 return $values; 10353 } 10354 10355 /** 10356 * Safe method for unserializing given input that is expected to contain only a serialized instance of an stdClass object 10357 * 10358 * If any class type other than stdClass is included in the input string, it will not be instantiated and will be cast to an 10359 * stdClass object. The initial cast to array, then back to object is to ensure we are always returning the correct type, 10360 * otherwise we would return an instances of {@see __PHP_Incomplete_class} for malformed strings 10361 * 10362 * @param string $input 10363 * @return stdClass 10364 */ 10365 function unserialize_object(string $input): stdClass { 10366 $instance = (array) unserialize($input, ['allowed_classes' => [stdClass::class]]); 10367 return (object) $instance; 10368 } 10369 10370 /** 10371 * The lang_string class 10372 * 10373 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request. 10374 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used. 10375 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were 10376 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used. 10377 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which 10378 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time. 10379 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that 10380 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page. 10381 * 10382 * How to use the lang_string class? 10383 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the 10384 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly. 10385 * The following are examples of both. 10386 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g. 10387 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true); 10388 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true); 10389 * 2. Direct instantiation 10390 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang); 10391 * $string = new lang_string('yes'); 10392 * 10393 * How do I use a lang_string object? 10394 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you 10395 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases. 10396 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly 10397 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar. 10398 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the 10399 * lang_strings out method e.g. 10400 * $string = new lang_string('yes'); 10401 * $string->out(); 10402 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which 10403 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly. 10404 * 10405 * When should I use a lang_string object? 10406 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a 10407 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated. 10408 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be 10409 * used. 10410 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may 10411 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows 10412 * what they will do ;)) 10413 * 10414 * When should I not use a lang_string object? 10415 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately. 10416 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no 10417 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be 10418 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require 10419 * that. 10420 * 10421 * Limitations: 10422 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will 10423 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!) 10424 * 10425 * @package core 10426 * @category string 10427 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk 10428 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 10429 */ 10430 class lang_string { 10431 10432 /** @var string The strings identifier */ 10433 protected $identifier; 10434 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */ 10435 protected $component = ''; 10436 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */ 10437 protected $a = null; 10438 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */ 10439 protected $lang = null; 10440 10441 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */ 10442 protected $string = null; 10443 10444 /** 10445 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and 10446 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used. 10447 * @var bool 10448 */ 10449 protected $forcedstring = false; 10450 10451 /** 10452 * Constructs a lang_string object 10453 * 10454 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best 10455 * performance for strings that won't be used. 10456 * 10457 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier 10458 * @param string $component The strings component 10459 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires 10460 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string. 10461 * @throws coding_exception 10462 */ 10463 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) { 10464 if (empty($component)) { 10465 $component = 'moodle'; 10466 } 10467 10468 $this->identifier = $identifier; 10469 $this->component = $component; 10470 $this->lang = $lang; 10471 10472 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those 10473 // changes are not carried across. 10474 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings 10475 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten. 10476 if ($a !== null) { 10477 if (is_scalar($a)) { 10478 $this->a = $a; 10479 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string) { 10480 $this->a = $a->out(); 10481 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) { 10482 $a = (array)$a; 10483 $this->a = array(); 10484 foreach ($a as $key => $value) { 10485 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in ''). 10486 if (is_array($value)) { 10487 $this->a[$key] = ''; 10488 } else if (is_object($value)) { 10489 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) { 10490 $this->a[$key] = $value->__toString(); 10491 } else { 10492 $this->a[$key] = ''; 10493 } 10494 } else { 10495 $this->a[$key] = (string)$value; 10496 } 10497 } 10498 } 10499 } 10500 10501 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER)) { 10502 if (clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) == '') { 10503 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition'); 10504 } 10505 if (!empty($this->component) && clean_param($this->component, PARAM_COMPONENT) == '') { 10506 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition'); 10507 } 10508 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier, $this->component)) { 10509 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier.'/'.$this->component, DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 10510 } 10511 } 10512 } 10513 10514 /** 10515 * Processes the string. 10516 * 10517 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property 10518 * and then returns it. 10519 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method. 10520 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing. 10521 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards 10522 * compatibility. 10523 * 10524 * @return string 10525 * @throws coding_exception 10526 */ 10527 protected function get_string() { 10528 global $CFG; 10529 10530 // Check if we need to process the string. 10531 if ($this->string === null) { 10532 // Check the quality of the identifier. 10533 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') { 10534 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 10535 } 10536 10537 // Process the string. 10538 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $this->lang); 10539 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component. 10540 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) { 10541 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier . '/' . $this->component . '}'; 10542 } 10543 } 10544 // Return the string. 10545 return $this->string; 10546 } 10547 10548 /** 10549 * Returns the string 10550 * 10551 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string 10552 * @return string 10553 */ 10554 public function out($lang = null) { 10555 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang && ($this->lang == null && $lang != current_language())) { 10556 if ($this->forcedstring) { 10557 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 10558 return $this->get_string(); 10559 } 10560 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $lang); 10561 return $translatedstring->out(); 10562 } 10563 return $this->get_string(); 10564 } 10565 10566 /** 10567 * Magic __toString method for printing a string 10568 * 10569 * @return string 10570 */ 10571 public function __toString() { 10572 return $this->get_string(); 10573 } 10574 10575 /** 10576 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export 10577 * 10578 * @param array $array 10579 * @return self 10580 */ 10581 public static function __set_state(array $array): self { 10582 $tmp = new lang_string($array['identifier'], $array['component'], $array['a'], $array['lang']); 10583 $tmp->string = $array['string']; 10584 $tmp->forcedstring = $array['forcedstring']; 10585 return $tmp; 10586 } 10587 10588 /** 10589 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and 10590 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure 10591 * it is generated for this. 10592 * 10593 * @return string 10594 */ 10595 public function __sleep() { 10596 $this->get_string(); 10597 $this->forcedstring = true; 10598 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang'); 10599 } 10600 10601 /** 10602 * Returns the identifier. 10603 * 10604 * @return string 10605 */ 10606 public function get_identifier() { 10607 return $this->identifier; 10608 } 10609 10610 /** 10611 * Returns the component. 10612 * 10613 * @return string 10614 */ 10615 public function get_component() { 10616 return $this->component; 10617 } 10618 } 10619 10620 /** 10621 * Get human readable name describing the given callable. 10622 * 10623 * This performs syntax check only to see if the given param looks like a valid function, method or closure. 10624 * It does not check if the callable actually exists. 10625 * 10626 * @param callable|string|array $callable 10627 * @return string|bool Human readable name of callable, or false if not a valid callable. 10628 */ 10629 function get_callable_name($callable) { 10630 10631 if (!is_callable($callable, true, $name)) { 10632 return false; 10633 10634 } else { 10635 return $name; 10636 } 10637 } 10638 10639 /** 10640 * Tries to guess if $CFG->wwwroot is publicly accessible or not. 10641 * Never put your faith on this function and rely on its accuracy as there might be false positives. 10642 * It just performs some simple checks, and mainly is used for places where we want to hide some options 10643 * such as site registration when $CFG->wwwroot is not publicly accessible. 10644 * Good thing is there is no false negative. 10645 * Note that it's possible to force the result of this check by specifying $CFG->site_is_public in config.php 10646 * 10647 * @return bool 10648 */ 10649 function site_is_public() { 10650 global $CFG; 10651 10652 // Return early if site admin has forced this setting. 10653 if (isset($CFG->site_is_public)) { 10654 return (bool)$CFG->site_is_public; 10655 } 10656 10657 $host = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot, PHP_URL_HOST); 10658 10659 if ($host === 'localhost' || preg_match('|^127\.\d+\.\d+\.\d+$|', $host)) { 10660 $ispublic = false; 10661 } else if (\core\ip_utils::is_ip_address($host) && !ip_is_public($host)) { 10662 $ispublic = false; 10663 } else if (($address = \core\ip_utils::get_ip_address($host)) && !ip_is_public($address)) { 10664 $ispublic = false; 10665 } else { 10666 $ispublic = true; 10667 } 10668 10669 return $ispublic; 10670 }
title
Description
Body
title
Description
Body
title
Description
Body
title
Body